CV500-RM211 [OMRON]

Programmable Controllers; 可编程控制器
CV500-RM211
型号: CV500-RM211
厂家: OMRON ELECTRONICS LLC    OMRON ELECTRONICS LLC
描述:

Programmable Controllers
可编程控制器

控制器
文件: 总182页 (文件大小:1513K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
Cat. No. W195-E1-5  
SYSMAC CV-series  
CV500/CV1000/CV2000/CVM1  
Programmable Controllers  
SYSMAC CV-series  
CV500/CV1000/CV2000/CVM1  
Programmable Controllers  
Installation Guide  
Revised October 1999  
iv  
Notice:  
OMRON products are manufactured for use according to proper procedures by a qualified operator  
and only for the purposes described in this manual.  
The following conventions are used to indicate and classify precautions in this manual. Always heed  
the information provided with them. Failure to heed precautions can result in injury to people or dam-  
age to property.  
DANGER  
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or  
serious injury.  
!
!
!
WARNING  
Caution  
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or  
serious injury.  
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or  
moderate injury, or property damage.  
OMRON Product References  
All OMRON products are capitalized in this manual. The word “Unit”  
is also capitalized when it refers to an OMRON product, regardless of whether or not it appears in the  
proper name of the product.  
The abbreviation “Ch,” which appears in some displays and on some OMRON products, often means  
“word” and is abbreviated “Wd” in documentation in this sense.  
The abbreviation “PC” means Programmable Controller and is not used as an abbreviation for any-  
thing else.  
Visual Aids  
The following headings appear in the left column of the manual to help you locate different types of  
information.  
Note Indicates information of particular interest for efficient and convenient operation  
of the product.  
1, 2, 3... 1. Indicates lists of one sort or another, such as procedures, checklists, etc.  
OMRON, 1992  
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any  
form, or by any means, mechanical, electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permis-  
sion of OMRON.  
No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein. Moreover, because OMRON is  
constantly striving to improve its high-quality products, the information contained in this manual is subject to change  
without notice. Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual. Nevertheless, OMRON assumes no  
responsibility for errors or omissions. Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the informa-  
tion contained in this publication.  
v
vi  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1 Intended Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
2 General Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
4 Operating Environment Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
5 Application Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
6 Conformance to EC Directives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
SECTION 1  
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-1 Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-2 The Role of the PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-3 PC Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-4 CV-series Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-5 C-series–CV-series System Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-6 Networks and Remote I/O Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-7 New CPUs and Related Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-8 CPU Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-9 Improved Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
SECTION 2  
System Configuration and Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
2-1 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
2-2 Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
2-3 Rack Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
SECTION 3  
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-1 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-2 Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-3 Mounting Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-4 Power Supply Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-5 Wiring I/O Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-6 Compliance with EC Directives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
SECTION 4  
Inspection and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
4-1 CPU Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
4-2 Memory Card Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
4-3 Output Unit Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
4-4 Output Unit Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
SECTION 5  
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
5-1 Error Messages and Alarm Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
5-2 Troubleshooting Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
5-3 Error Processing and Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Appendices  
A Standard Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
B Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
vii  
About this Manual:  
This manual describes the installation of the SYSMAC CV-series Programmable Controllers (CV500,  
CV1000, CV2000, and CVM1). This manual is designed to be used together with three CV-series PC op  
-
eration manuals. The entire set of CV-series PC manuals is listed below. Only the basic portions of the  
catalog numbers are given; be sure you have the most recent version for your area.  
Manual  
Cat. No.  
W195  
CV-series PC Installation Guide  
CV-series PC Operation Manual: SFC  
CV-series PC Operation Manual: Ladder Diagrams  
CV-series PC Operation Manual: Host Interface  
W194  
W202  
W205  
Programming and operating CV-series PCs are performed with the CV Support Software (CVSS), the  
SYSMAC Support Software (SSS), and the CV-series Programming Console for which the following man  
-
uals are available.  
Product  
Manuals  
CVSS  
SSS  
The CV Series Getting Started Guidebook (W203) and the CV Support Software  
Operation Manuals: Basics (W196), Offline (W201), and Online (W200).  
SYSMAC Support Software Operation Manuals: Basics (W247), C-series PC Op-  
erations (W248), and CVM1 Operations (W249)  
CV-series Programming CVM1-PRS21-E Programming Console Operation Manual (W222)  
Console  
Note The CVSS does not support new instructions added for version-2 CVM1 PCs. The SSS does not  
support SFC programming (CV500, CV1000, or CV2000).  
Section 1 introduces programmable controllers in general and provides tables of the Units the can be  
used with CV-series PCs and operation manuals available for CV-series products. Special products used  
to create networks, enable remote I/O, or provide additional programming capabilities are also provided.  
Tables are also provided of new products included for the first time in this version of the manual, along with  
a comparison of CPU capabilities, and a list of improvements made in recent CPU versions.  
Section  
2 describes the overall configuration that the PC System can take and introduces the main Units  
used in the system configuration.  
Section 3 provides procedures on installing and wiring.  
Section 4 provides information on ongoing maintenance.  
Section 5 describes general troubleshoot and provides troubleshooting flowcharts.  
Appendix A provides tables of C- and CV-series products that can be used with CV-series PCs.  
Appendix  
B provides general PC specifications, dimensions, and I/O Unit specifications (including inter-  
nal circuit configurations and wiring diagrams).  
!
WARNING Failure to read and understand the information provided in this manual may result in  
personal injury or death, damage to the product, or product failure. Please read each  
section in its entirety and be sure you understand the information provided in the section  
and related sections before attempting any of the procedures or operations given.  
ix  
PRECAUTIONS  
This section provides general precautions for using the Programmable Controller (PC) and related devices.  
The information contained in this section is important for the safe and reliable application of the Programmable Con  
troller. ou must read this section and understand the information contained before attempting to set up or operate a  
PC system.  
-
Y
1 Intended Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
2 General Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
4 Operating Environment Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
5 Application Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
6 Conformance to EC Directives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
xi  
Safety Precautions  
3
1
Intended Audience  
This manual is intended for the following personnel, who must also have knowl  
-
edge of electrical systems (an electrical engineer or the equivalent).  
Personnel in charge of installing FA systems.  
Personnel in charge of designing FA systems.  
Personnel in charge of managing FA systems and facilities.  
2
General Precautions  
The user must operate the product according to the performance specifications  
described in the operation manuals.  
Before using the product under conditions which are not described in the manual  
or applying the product to nuclear control systems, railroad systems, aviation  
systems, vehicles, combustion systems, medical equipment, amusement ma-  
chines, safety equipment, and other systems, machines, and equipment that  
may have a serious influence on lives and property if used improperly, consult  
your OMRON representative.  
Make sure that the ratings and performance characteristics of the product are  
sufficient for the systems, machines, and equipment, and be sure to provide the  
systems, machines, and equipment with double safety mechanisms.  
This manual provides information for programming and operating the Unit. Be  
sure to read this manual before attempting to use the Unit and keep this manual  
close at hand for reference during operation.  
WARNING It is extremely important that a PC and all PC Units be used for the specified  
purpose and under the specified conditions, especially in applications that can  
directly or indirectly affect human life. You must consult with your OMRON  
representative before applying a PC System to the above-mentioned  
applications.  
!
3
Safety Precautions  
WARNING Do not attempt to take any Unit apart while the power is being supplied. Doing so  
!
!
!
!
may result in electric shock.  
WARNING Do not touch any of the terminals or terminal blocks while the power is being  
supplied. Doing so may result in electric shock.  
WARNING Do not attempt to disassemble, repair. or modify any Units. Any attempt to do so  
may result in malfunction, fire, or electric shock.  
WARNING There is a lithium battery built into the SRAM Memory Cards. Do not short the  
positive and negative terminals of the battery, charge the battery, attempt to take  
it apart, subject it to pressures that would deform it, incinerate it, or otherwise  
mistreat it. Doing any of these could cause the battery to erupt, ignite, or leak.  
Caution Tighten the screws on the terminal block of the AC Power Supply Unit to the  
torque specified in the operation manual. The loose screws may result in burning  
or malfunction.  
!
xii  
Application Precautions  
5
4
Operating Environment Precautions  
Caution Do not operate the control system in the following places:  
!
Locations subject to direct sunlight.  
Locations subject to temperatures or humidity outside the range specified in  
the specifications.  
Locations subject to condensation as the result of severe changes in tempera  
-
ture.  
Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases.  
Locations subject to dust (especially iron dust) or salts.  
Locations subject to exposure to water, oil, or chemicals.  
Locations subject to shock or vibration.  
Caution Take appropriate and sufficient countermeasures when installing systems in the  
!
following locations:  
Locations subject to static electricity or other forms of noise.  
Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields.  
Locations subject to possible exposure to radioactivity.  
Locations close to power supplies.  
Caution The operating environment of the PC System can have a large effect on the lon  
-
!
gevity and reliability of the system. Improper operating environments can lead to  
malfunction, failure, and other unforeseeable problems with the PC System. Be  
sure that the operating environment is within the specified conditions at installa  
-
tion and remains within the specified conditions during the life of the system.  
5
Application Precautions  
Observe the following precautions when using the PC System.  
WARNING Always heed these precautions. Failure to abide by the following precautions  
!
could lead to serious or possibly fatal injury.  
Always ground the system to 100  
or less when installing the Units. Not con  
-
necting to a ground of 100 or less may result in electric shock.  
Always turn OFF the power supply to the PC before attempting any of the fol  
-
lowing. Not turning OFF the power supply may result in malfunction or electric  
shock.  
Mounting or dismounting I/O Units, Memory Cassettes, or any other Units.  
Setting switches.  
Connecting cables or wiring the system.  
Connecting or disconnecting the connectors.  
Caution Failure to abide by the following precautions could lead to faulty operation of the  
!
PC or the system, or could damage the PC or PC Units. Always heed these pre  
-
cautions.  
Fail-safe measures must be taken by the customer to ensure safety in the  
event of incorrect, missing, or abnormal signals caused by broken signal lines,  
momentary power interruptions, or other causes.  
xiii  
Conformance to EC Directives  
6
Interlock circuits, limit circuits, and similar safety measures in external circuits  
(i.e., not in the Programmable Controller) must be provided by the customer  
.
Always use the power supply voltage specified in the operation manuals. An  
incorrect voltage may result in malfunction or burning.  
Take appropriate measures to ensure that the specified power with the rated  
voltage and frequency is supplied. Be particularly careful in places where the  
power supply is unstable. An incorrect power supply may result in malfunction.  
Install external breakers and take other safety measures against short-circuit  
-
ing in external wiring. Insufficient safety measures against short-circuiting may  
result in burning.  
Do not apply voltages to the Input Units in excess of the rated input voltage.  
Excess voltages may result in burning.  
Do not apply voltages or connect loads to the Output Units in excess of the  
maximum switching capacity. Excess voltages or loads may result in burning.  
Disconnect the functional ground terminal when performing withstand voltage  
tests. Not disconnecting the functional ground terminal may result in burning.  
Install the Unit properly as specified in the operation manual. Improper installa  
-
tion of the Unit may result in malfunction.  
Be sure that all the mounting screws, terminal screws, and cable connector  
screws are tightened to the torque specified in the relevant manuals. Incorrect  
tightening torque may result in malfunction.  
Use crimp terminals for wiring. Do not connect bare stranded wires directly to  
terminals. Connection of bare stranded wires may result in burning.  
Double-check all the wiring before turning on the power supply. Incorrect wir  
-
ing may result in burning.  
Be sure that the terminal blocks, Memory Units, expansion cables, and other  
items with locking devices are properly locked into place. Improper locking  
may result in malfunction.  
Check the user program for proper execution before actually running it on the  
Unit. Not checking the program may result in an unexpected operation.  
Confirm that no adverse effect will occur in the system before attempting any of  
the following. Not doing so may result in an unexpected operation.  
Changing the operating mode of the PC.  
Force-setting/force-resetting any bit in memory.  
Changing the present value of any word or any set value in memory.  
Resume operation only after transferring to the new CPU Unit the contents of  
the DM Area, HR Area, and other data required for resuming operation. Not  
doing so may result in an unexpected operation.  
Do not pull on the cables or bend the cables beyond their natural limit. Doing  
either of these may break the cables.  
Do not place objects on top of the cables. Doing so may break the cables.  
6
Conformance to EC Directives  
The CV-series PCs that comply with EC Directives must be installed as follows:  
1, 2, 3...  
1. The CV-series PCs are designed for installation inside control panels. The  
PC must be installed within a control panel.  
2. Use reinforced insulation or double insulation for the DC power supplies to  
be connected to the DC I/O Units for CV500-PS211. Use separate power  
supplies as the external power supplies for the Relay Output Units and the  
power supplies for the DC I/O Units.  
3. To meet the EC Directives (Low Voltage Directive), the maximum switching  
capacity while the CV500-PS211 is being operated is 24 VDC/2 A.  
xiv  
Conformance to EC Directives  
6
4. PCs complying with EC Directives also conform to the Common Emission  
Standard (EN50081-2). When a PC is built into a machine, however, noise  
can be generated by switching devices using relay outputs and cause the  
overall machine to fail to meet the Standards. If this occurs, surge killers  
must be connected or other measures taken external to the PC.  
The following methods represent typical methods for reducing noise, and  
may not be sufficient in all cases. Required countermeasures will vary  
depending on the devices connected to the control panel, wiring, the config  
-
uration of the system, and other conditions.  
Countermeasures  
Refer to EN50081-2 for more details.  
Countermeasures are not required if the frequency of load switching for the  
whole system including the PC is less than 5 times per minute.  
Countermeasures are required if the frequency of load switching for the whole  
system including the PC is 5 or more times per minute.  
Countermeasure Examples  
When switching an inductive load, connect a surge protector, diodes, etc., in par  
-
allel with the load or contact as shown below.  
Circuit  
CR method  
Current  
Characteristic  
Required element  
AC  
DC  
Yes  
Yes  
If the load is a relay or solenoid, there The capacitance of the capacitor must  
is a time lag between the moment the be 1 to 0.5 µF per contact current of  
circuit is opened and the moment the  
load is reset.  
1 A and resistance of the resistor must  
be 0.5 to 1 per contact voltage of  
1 V. These values, however, vary with  
the load and the characteristics of the  
relay. Decide these values from  
testing, and take into consideration  
that the capacitance suppresses spark  
discharge when the contacts are  
separated and the resistance limits  
the current that flows into the load  
when the circuit is closed again.  
If the supply voltage is 24 or 48 V,  
insert the surge protector in parallel  
with the load. If the supply voltage is  
100 to 200 V, insert the surge  
Power  
supply  
protector between the contacts.  
The dielectric strength of the capacitor  
must be 200 to 300 V. If the circuit is  
an AC circuit, use a capacitor with no  
polarity.  
Diode method  
No  
Yes  
The diode connected in parallel with  
the load changes energy accumulated of the diode must be at least 10 times  
The reversed dielectric strength value  
by the coil into a current, which then  
flows into the coil so that the current  
will be converted into Joule heat by  
the resistance of the inductive load.  
as large as the circuit voltage value.  
The forward current of the diode must  
be the same as or larger than the load  
current.  
Power  
supply  
This time lag, between the moment  
the circuit is opened and the moment  
the load is reset, caused by this  
method is longer than that caused by  
the CR method.  
The reversed dielectric strength value  
of the diode may be two to three times  
larger than the supply voltage if the  
surge protector is applied to electronic  
circuits with low circuit voltages.  
Varistor method  
Yes  
Yes  
The varistor method prevents the  
imposition of high voltage between the  
contacts by using the constant voltage  
characteristic of the varistor. There is  
time lag between the moment the  
circuit is opened and the moment the  
load is reset.  
---  
Power  
supply  
If the supply voltage is 24 or 48 V,  
insert the varistor in parallel with the  
load. If the supply voltage is 100 to  
200 V, insert the varistor between the  
contacts.  
xv  
Conformance to EC Directives  
6
When switching a load with a high inrush current such as an incandescent lamp,  
suppress the inrush current as shown below.  
Countermeasure  
1
Countermeasure 2  
R
OUT  
R
OUT  
COM  
COM  
Providing a dark current of approx.  
one-third of the rated value through  
an incandescent lamp  
Providing a limiting resistor  
xvi  
SECTION 1  
Introduction  
This section provides general information about Programmable Controllers and how they fit into a Control System. It also list  
the C-series products that can be used with the CV-series PCs and operation manuals available for CV-series products. Finally  
,
this section introduces Systems that can be used to create networks and enable remote I/O.  
1-1 Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-2 The Role of the PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-2-1 Input Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-2-2 Output Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-3 PC Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-4 CV-series Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-5 C-series–CV-series System Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-6 Networks and Remote I/O Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-7 New CPUs and Related Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-8 CPU Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-9 Improved Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-9-1 Upgraded Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1-9-2  
1-9-3  
V
ersion-1 CPUs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Version-2 CVM1 PCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
1
The Role of the PC  
Section 1-2  
1-1 Control Systems  
A
Control System is the electronic equipment needed to control a particular pro-  
cess. It may include everything from a process control computer, to the factory  
computer, down through the PCs, and then on down through the network to the  
I/O devices: control components like the switches, stepping motors, solenoids,  
and sensors which monitor and control mechanical operations.  
Process Control Computer  
Factory Computer  
PCs  
PC  
PC  
PC  
I/O devices  
A
Control System can involve very large applications where many different mod-  
els of PC are networked together or it could be an application as small as a single  
PC controlling a number of output devices.  
1-2 The Role of the PC  
The PC is the part of the Control System that directly controls the manufacturing  
process. According to the program stored in its memory, the PC accepts data  
from the input devices connected to it and uses this data to monitor the con-  
trolled system. When the program calls for some action to take place, the PC  
sends data to the output devices connected to it to cause that action to take  
place. The PC may be used to control a simple, repetitive task, or it may be con  
-
nected to other PCs or to a host computer in order to integrate the control of a  
complex process.  
2
The Role of the PC  
Section 1-2  
1-2-1 Input Devices  
PCs can receive inputs from either automated or manual devices. The PC could  
receive data from the user via a pushbutton switch, keyboard, or similar device.  
Automated inputs could come from a variety of devices: micro-switches, timers,  
encoders, photoelectric sensors, and so on. Some devices, like the limit switch  
shown below, turn ON or OFF when the equipment actually makes contact with  
them. Other devices, like the photoelectric sensor and proximity sensor shown  
below, use other means, such as light or inductance, in order to get information  
about the equipment being monitored.  
Photoelectric Sensor  
Proximity Sensor  
Limit Switch  
1-2-2 Output Devices  
A
PC can output to a myriad of devices for use in automated control. Almost any  
-
-
thing that you can think of could be controlled by a PC. Some of the most com  
mon devices are motors, solenoids, servomotors, stepping motors, valves,  
switches, indicator lights, buzzers, and alarms. Some of these output devices,  
such as the motors, solenoids, servomotors, stepping motors, and valves, affect  
the controlled system directly. Others, such as the indicator lights, buzzers, and  
alarms, provide outputs to notify personnel operating or monitoring the system.  
Solenoid  
Servomotor  
Stepping Motor  
3
PC Operation  
Section 1-3  
1-3 PC Operation  
PCs operate by monitoring input signals and providing output signals. When  
changes are detected in input signals, the PC reacts through the user-pro-  
grammed internal logic to produce output signals. The PC continually executes  
the program in its memory to achieve this control.  
Block Diagram of PC  
Power Supply  
Memory  
Signals to  
Solenoids,  
motors,  
etc.  
Signals  
from  
switches,  
sensors,  
etc.  
Input  
Output  
CPU  
Programming  
Device  
A program for your applications must be designed and stored in the PC. This  
program is then executed as part of the cycle of internal operations of the PC.  
Execution Cycle  
When a PC operates, i.e., when it executes its program to control an external  
system,  
a series of operations are performed inside the PC. These internal oper-  
ations can be broadly classified into the following four categories. Refer to the  
CV-series PCs Operation Manual: Ladder Diagrams for details.  
1, 2, 3...  
1. Common (or overseeing) processes, such as watchdog timer operation and  
testing the program memory.  
2. Data input and output.  
3. Program execution.  
4. Peripheral device servicing.  
Cycle Time  
The total time required for a PC to perform all these internal operations is called  
the cycle time.  
Timing is one of the most important factors in designing a Control System. For  
accurate operations, it is necessary to have answers to such questions as these:  
How long does it take for the PC to execute all the instructions in its memory?  
How long does it take for the PC to produce a control output in response to a  
given input signal?  
4
CV-series Manuals  
Section 1-4  
The cycle time of the PC can be automatically calculated and monitored, but it is  
necessary to have an understanding of the timing relationships within the PC for  
effective System design and programming. Refer to the CV-series PCs Opera  
-
tion Manual: Ladder Diagrams for details on internal PC processing and to the  
CVSS Operation Manuals for details on monitoring the cycle time.  
1-4 CV-series Manuals  
The following manuals are available for the various CV-series products. Other  
manuals are also available for compatible C-series products (see next section).  
Catalog number suffixes have been omitted; be sure you have the most recent  
version for your region.  
Product  
Manual  
CV-series PCs Installation Guide  
Cat. No.  
W195  
CV-series PCs  
CV-series PCs Operation Manual: SFC  
W194  
CV-series PCs Operation Manual: Ladder Diagrams  
W202  
CV-series PCs Operation Manual: Host Link System,  
CV500-LK201 Host Link Unit  
W205  
CV Support Software (CVSS)  
The CV Series Getting Started Guidebook  
W203  
W196  
W201  
W200  
W247  
W249  
CV Support Software Operation Manual: Basics  
CV Support Software Operation Manual: Offline  
CV Support Software Operation Manual: Online  
SYSMAC Support Software Operation Manual: Basics  
SYSMAC Support Software Operation Manual: CVM1 PCs  
SYSMAC Support Software (SSS)  
Graphic Programming Console (GPC) CV500-MP311-E Graphic Programming Console Operation Manual W216  
Programming Console  
SYSMAC NET Link System  
SYSMAC LINK System  
SYSMAC BUS/2 Remote I/O System  
CompoBus/D (DeviceNet)  
CV-series Ethernet Unit  
BASIC Unit  
CVM1-PRS21-E Programming Console Operation Manual  
SYSMAC NET Link System Manual  
W222  
W213  
W212  
W204  
W267  
W242  
W207  
W206  
W251  
W252  
W254  
W255  
W244  
W214  
W156  
SYSMAC LINK System Manual  
SYSMAC BUS/2 Remote I/O System Manual  
CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Operation Manual  
CV-series Ethernet System Manual  
BASIC Unit Reference Manual  
BASIC Unit Operation Manual  
Personal Computer Unit  
Motion Control Unit  
Personal Computer Unit Operation Manual  
Personal Computer Unit Technical Manual  
Motion Control Unit Operation Manual: Introduction  
Motion Control Unit Operation Manual: Details  
Temperature Controller Data Link Unit CV500-TDL21 Temperature Controller Data Link Unit  
Memory Card Writer  
Optical Fiber Cable  
CV500-MCW01-E Memory Card Writer Operation Manual  
Optical Fiber Cable Installation Guide  
5
C-series–CV-series System Compatibility  
Section 1-5  
1-5 C-series–CV-series System Compatibility  
The following table shows when C-series Units can be used and when CV-series  
Units must be used. Any C-series Unit or Peripheral Device not listed in this table  
cannot be used with the CV-series PCs.  
Unit  
CPU  
C Series  
No  
CV Series  
Yes  
Remarks  
CPU Rack  
CV500-CPU01-EV1, CV1000-CPU01-EV1,  
CV2000-CPU01-EV1, CVM1-CPU01-EV2,  
CVM1-CPU11-EV2, and CVM1-CPU21-EV2  
Power Supply  
CPU Backplane  
I/O Control Unit  
No  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
CV500-PS221, CV500-PS211, and  
CVM1-PA208  
CV500-BC031, CV500-BC051, CV500-BC101,  
CVM1-BC103, and CVM1-BC053  
No  
No  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
CV500-ICj01  
Expansion CPU Backplane  
Expansion I/O Backplane  
CV500-BI111  
CV500-BI042, CV500-BI062, CV500-BI112,  
CVM1-BI114, and CVM1-BI064 (C500  
Expansion I/O Racks can be used with certain  
limitations.)  
16-/32-/64-point I/O Units  
Special I/O Units  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
---  
Applicable Units include Analog Input, Analog  
Output, High-speed Counter, PID, Position  
Control, Magnetic Card, ASCII, ID Sensor, and  
Ladder Program I/O Units (The C500-ASC03  
cannot be used.)  
BASIC Unit  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Yes  
No  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
CV500-BSCj1  
Personal Computer Unit  
Temperature Control Data Link Unit  
CV500-VP213-E/217-E/223-E/227-E  
CV500-TDL21  
Link  
Systems  
SYSMAC NET  
CV500-SNT31  
SYSMAC LINK  
Host Link Unit  
CV500-SLK11 and CV500-SLK21  
CV500-LK201  
Ethernet Unit  
CV500-ETN01  
Remote I/O  
Systems  
SYSMAC BUS Units  
SYSMAC BUS/2  
CV Support Software  
---  
CV500-RM211/221 and CV500-RT211/221  
Peripheral  
Devices  
Yes  
(See note.)  
CV500-ZS3AT1-EV2 (3 1/2” floppy disks) and  
CV500-ZS5AT1-EV2 (5 1/4” floppy disks) for  
IBM PC/AT compatible  
SYSMAC Support  
Software (SSS)  
Yes  
Yes  
(See note.)  
C500-ZL3AT1-E (3.5” floppy disks) for IBM  
PC/AT compatible  
Graphic Programming  
Console  
Yes (Main  
unit only)  
Yes  
GPC: 3G2C5-GPC03-E  
(System  
Cassette)  
(See note.)  
System Cassette: CV500-MP311-E  
Programming Console  
No  
Yes  
(See note.)  
CVM1-PRS21-EV1 (set)  
Note The CVSS does not support new instructions added for version-2 CVM1 PCs.  
The SSS does not support SFC programming (CV500, CV1000, and CV2000).  
New instructions added for version-2 CVM1 PCs are also supported by ver-  
sion-1 CV-series Programming Consoles.  
6
Networks and Remote I/O Systems  
Section 1-6  
1-6 Networks and Remote I/O Systems  
Systems that can be used to create networks and enable remote I/O are intro  
-
duced in this section. Refer to the operation manuals for the Systems for details.  
SYSMAC NET Link System  
The SYSMAC NET Link System is a LAN (local area network) for use in factory  
automation systems. The SYSMAC NET Link System can consist of up to 128  
nodes among which communications may be accomplished via datagrams,  
data transfers, or automatic data links.  
Datagrams transmit and receive data using a command/response format. Com  
-
mands can be issued from the user program by the DELIVER COMMAND in-  
struction (CMND(194)).  
Data can also be transmitted and received using the NETWORK SEND and  
NETWORK RECEIVE (SEND(192)/RECV(193)) instructions in the user pro-  
gram. Up to 256 words of data can be transferred for each instruction.  
Automatic data links allow PCs and computers to create common data areas.  
SYSMAC NET Link Unit  
CV500-SNT31  
Up to 4 Units can  
be mounted.  
CV-series  
CPU Rack/Expansion CPU Rack  
Line Server  
Center Power  
Feeder  
C200H  
C500  
C1000H  
C2000H  
Personal  
computer  
Note Up to four SYSMAC NET Link Units (CV500-SNT31) can be mounted to the  
CPU Rack and/or Expansion CPU Rack of each CV-series PC.  
7
Networks and Remote I/O Systems  
Section 1-6  
SYSMAC LINK System  
Networks can also be created using SYSMAC LINK Systems. A SYSMAC LINK  
System can consist of up to 62 PCs, including the CV500, CV1000, CV2000,  
CVM1, C200H, C1000H, and C2000H. Communications between the PCs is ac  
complished via datagrams, data transfers, or automatic data links in ways simi  
lar to the SYSMAC NET Link System.  
-
-
The main differences between SYSMAC NET Link and SYSMAC LINK Systems  
is in the structure of automatic data links and in the system configuration, e.g.,  
only PCs can be linked in SYSMAC LINK Systems, whereas other devices can  
form nodes in SYSMAC NET Link Systems.  
Datagrams transmit and receive data using a command/response format. Com  
-
mands can be issued from the user program by the DELIVER COMMAND in-  
struction (CMND(194)).  
Data can also be transmitted and received using the NETWORK SEND and  
NETWORK RECEIVE (SEND(192)/RECV(193)) instructions in the user pro-  
gram. Up to 256 words of data can be transferred for each instruction.  
Automatic data links allow PCs and computers to create common data areas.  
SYSMAC LINK Unit  
CV500-SLK11 (optical)  
CV500-SLK21 (wired)  
Up to 4 Units can  
be mounted.  
CV-series  
CPU Rack/Expansion CPU Rack  
CV500/CV1000/  
CV2000/CVM1  
C200H/C1000H/  
C2000H  
Note Up to four SYSMAC LINK Units (CV500-SLK11/21) can be mounted the CPU  
Rack and/or Expansion CPU Rack of each CV-series PC.  
8
Networks and Remote I/O Systems  
Section 1-6  
SYSMAC BUS/2 Remote I/O Remote I/O can be enabled by adding a SYSMAC BUS/2 Remote I/O System to  
System  
the PC. The SYSMAC BUS/2 Remote I/O System is available in two types: opti  
-
cal and wired.  
Two Remote I/O Master Units, optical or wired, can be mounted to the CV500 or  
CVM1-CPU01-EV2 CPU Rack or Expansion CPU Rack. Four Remote I/O Mas  
-
ter Units can be mounted to the CV1000, CV2000, or CVM1-CPU11/21-EV2  
CPU Rack or Expansion CPU Rack.  
Up to eight Remote I/O Slave Racks can be connected per PC.  
Slaves can be used to provide up to 1,024 remote I/O points for the CV500 or  
CVM1-CPU01-EV2; up to 2,048 remote I/O points for the CV1000, CV2000, or  
CVM1-CPU11/21-EV2. These limits are the totals for all Slaves control by one  
PC.  
A
Programming Device (such as the CVSS) can be connected to up to two Re-  
mote I/O Slave Units for each Remote I/O Master Unit as long as a total of no  
more than four Programming Devices are connected per PC.  
Remote I/O Master Unit  
CV500-RM211 (optical)  
CV500-RM221 (wired)  
CV500, CVM1-CPU01-EV2:  
4 Masters max. can be mounted  
CV1000, CV2000, CVM1-CPU11/21-EV2: 8 Masters max. can be mounted  
CV-series  
CPU Rack/Expansion CPU Rack  
Remote I/O Slave  
Up to 8 Slave can be con  
-
nected per PC for 58M  
Slaves; 4 Slaves for 122M  
or 54MH Slaves.  
Remote I/O Slave Unit  
CV500-RT211 (optical)  
CV500-RT221 (wired)  
9
Networks and Remote I/O Systems  
Section 1-6  
SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O  
System  
Remote I/O can also be enabled by using the C-series SYSMAC BUS Remote  
I/O System with CV-series PC.  
Remote I/O Master Units can be mounted on any slot of the CPU Rack, Expan  
-
sion CPU Rack, or Expansion I/O Rack. Up to four Masters can be mounted for  
the CV500 or CVM1-CPU01-EV2, up to eight Masters for the CV1000, CV2000,  
or CVM1-CPU11/21-EV2.  
For each Master, up to two Slave Racks can be connected for the CV500 or  
CVM1-CPU01-EV2; up to eight Slave Racks for the CV1000, CV2000, or  
CVM1-CPU11/21-EV2. No more than 16 Slave Racks can be connected per PC.  
Slaves can be used to provide up to 512 remote I/O points for the CV500 or  
CVM1-CPU01-EV2; up to 1,024 remote I/O points for the CV1000, CV2000, or  
CVM1-CPU11-EV2; up to 2,048 remote I/O points for the CVM1-CPU21-EV2.  
These limits are the totals for all Slaves control by one PC.  
Programming Devices cannot be connected to SYSMAC BUS Slave Racks.  
Remote I/O Master Unit  
3G2A5-RM001-(P)EV1 (optical)  
C500-RM201 (wired)  
CV500, CVM1-CPU01-EV2:  
2 Masters max. can be mounted  
CV1000, CV2000, CVM1-CPU11/21-EV2: 4 Masters max. can be mounted  
Up to 8 Units  
CV-series  
CPU Rack/Expansion CPU  
Rack/Expansion I/O Rack  
C-series  
Remote I/O Slave Rack  
Host Link System  
(SYSMAC WAY)  
The CV-series PCs can be connected to a host computer with the host link con  
nector via the CPU or a CV500-LK201 Host Link Unit mounted to a Rack.  
-
-
RS-232C or RS-422 communications can be used depending on the switch set  
ting. When RS-422 is selected, up to 32 PCs can be connected to a single host.  
Data is transmitted and received by commands and responses.  
Host  
computer  
Host link connector  
10  
New CPUs and Related Units  
Section 1-7  
BASIC Unit  
The BASIC Unit can be connected to a personal computer to enable communi-  
cations with the PC using the BASIC programming language. Up to 512 bytes  
(256 words) of data can be transferred between the BASIC Unit and the CPU by  
the PC READ/WRITE command without using the PC program.  
Up to 256 words of data can also be transferred between the BASIC Unit and the  
PC’s CPU by using the NETWORK SEND and NETWORK RECEIVE  
(SEND(192)/RECV(193)) instructions in the PC program.  
Data can also be transferred to other BASIC Units mounted on the same PC, or  
to BASIC Units mounted to other PCs connected by networks formed using a  
SYSMAC NET Link or SYSMAC LINK System. RS-232C, RS-422, Centronics,  
and GPIB interfaces are available.  
BASIC Unit  
CV500-BSCj1  
CV-series  
CPU Rack/Expansion  
CPU Rack  
Personal computer  
Personal Computer Unit  
The Personal Computer Unit is a full-fledged IBM PC/AT compatible that can be  
used to run independent programming directly on a Rack to eliminate the need  
for separate installation space. It can run along or connected to any of the normal  
peripherals supported by IBM PC/AT compatibles (mice, keyboards, monitors,  
data storage devices, etc.), and as a CPU Bus Unit, the Personal Computer Unit  
interfaces directly to the PC’s CPU though the CPU bus to eliminate the need for  
special interface hardware, protocols, or programming.  
1-7 New CPUs and Related Units  
The following new CV-series CPUs and related Units are included in this version  
of the manual for the first time. Refer to relevant sections of this manual or the  
CV-series PC Operation Manual: Ladder Diagrams for further details.  
Unit  
Model number  
Main specifications  
CPU  
CVM1-CPU01-EV2  
CVM1-CPU11-EV2  
CVM1-CPU21-EV2  
CV500-CPU01-EV1  
CV1000-CPU01-EV1  
CV2000-CPU01-EV1  
CV500-TDL21  
I/O capacity: 512 pts; Ladder diagrams only  
I/O capacity: 1,024 pts; Ladder diagrams only  
I/O capacity: 2,048 pts; Ladder diagrams only  
I/O capacity: 512 pts; Ladder diagrams or SFC + ladder diagrams  
I/O capacity: 1,024 pts; Ladder diagrams or SFC + ladder diagrams  
I/O capacity: 2,048 pts; Ladder diagrams or SFC + ladder diagrams  
Connects up to 64 temperature control devices via 2 ports.  
Temperature Controller  
Data Link Unit  
11  
Improved Specifications  
Section 1-9  
1-8 CPU Comparison  
The following table shows differences between the various CV-series CPUs.  
CVM1-  
CPU01-EV2  
CVM1-  
CPU11-EV2  
CVM1-  
CPU21-EV2  
CV500-  
CPU01-EV1  
CV1000-  
CPU01-EV1  
CV2000-  
CPU01-EV1  
CPU  
Ladder diagrams Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
170  
Supported  
Supported  
170  
Program-  
ming  
SFC  
Not supported Not supported Not supported Supported  
Instructions  
284  
284  
285  
169  
Basic  
instructions (ms)  
Speed  
0.15 to 0.45  
0.125 to 0.375 0.125 to 0.375 0.15 to 0.45  
0.125 to 0.375 0.125 to 0.375  
Other  
instructions (ms)  
0.6 to 9.9  
0.5 to 8.25  
0.5 to 8.25  
0.6 to 9.9  
0.5 to 8.25  
0.5 to 8.25  
Program capacity (see note)  
Local I/O capacity  
30K words  
512 pts  
30K words  
1,024 pts  
62K words  
2,048 pts  
30K words  
512 pts  
62K words  
1,024 pts  
62K words  
2,048 pts  
Remote  
I/O  
capacity  
SYSMAC BUS/2  
SYSMAC BUS  
1,024 pts  
2,048 pts  
2,048 pts  
1,024 pts  
2,048 pts  
2,048 pts  
512 pts  
1,024 pts  
2,048 pts  
512 pts  
1,024 pts  
1,024 pts  
DM Area  
8K words  
24K words  
24K words  
8K words  
24K words  
24K words  
32K words  
each for 8  
banks  
32K words  
each for 8  
banks  
32K words  
each for 8  
banks  
Expansion DM Area  
Not supported Not supported  
Not supported  
Timers  
512  
1,024  
1,024  
None  
None  
None  
1,024  
1,024  
None  
None  
None  
512  
512  
512  
512  
512  
1,024  
1,024  
1,024  
1,024  
1,024  
1,024  
1,024  
1,024  
1,024  
1,024  
Counters  
SFC steps  
Step Flags  
512  
None  
None  
None  
Transition Flags  
Note The useable program capacity is 28K words or 60K words.  
1-9 Improved Specifications  
1-9-1 Upgraded Specifications  
The following improvements are applicable to all CV500-CPU01-E and  
CV1000-CPU01-E CPUs with lot numbers in which the rightmost digit is 3  
(jjj3) or higher.  
1, 2, 3...  
1. The MLPX(110) (4-TO-16 DECODER) instruction has been improved to  
also function as a 8-to-256 decoder and the DMPX(111) (16-TO-4 ENCOD-  
ER) instruction has been improved to also function as a 256-to-8 encoder  
.
To enable this improvement, the digit designator (Di) has been changed as  
shown below.  
Digit number:  
3 2 1 0  
0
Specifies the first digit to be converted  
4-to-16/16-to-4: 0 to 3  
8-to-256/256-to-8: 0 or 1  
Number of digits to be converted  
4-to-16/16-to-4: 0 to 3 (1 to 4 digits)  
8-to-256/256-to-8: 0 or 1 (1 or 2 digits)  
Process  
0: 4-to-16/16-to-4  
1: 8-to-256/256-to-8  
2. The following operating parameter has been added to the PC Setup.  
JMP(004) 0000 Processing  
Y: Enable multiple usage (default)  
N: Disable multiple usage  
12  
Improved Specifications  
Section 1-9  
3. The operation of Completion Flags for timers has been changed so that the  
Completion Flag for a timer turns ON only when the timer instruction is  
executed with a PV of 0000 and not when the timer  
value of 0000, as was previously done.  
s PV is refreshed to a PV  
Only the timing of the activation of the Completion Flag has been changed,  
and the timer s PV is still refreshed at the same times (i.e., when the timer  
instruction is executed, at the end of user program execution, and every  
80 ms if the cycle time exceeds 80 ms).  
4. The READ(190) (I/O READ) and WRIT(191) (I/O WRITE) instructions have  
been improved so that they can be used for Special I/O Units on Slave  
Racks under the following conditions.  
a) The lot number of the Remote I/O Master Unit and Remote I/O Slave Unit  
must be the same as or latter than the following.  
01  
X
2
1992  
October (Y: November; Z: December)  
1st  
b) The DIP switch on the Remote I/O Slave Unit must be set to “54MH.”  
c) The Special I/O Unit must be one of the following: AD101, CT012,  
CT021, CT041, ASC04, IDS01-V1, IDS02, IDS21, IDS22, or LDP01-V1.  
(The NC221-E, NC222, CP131, and FZ001 cannot be mounted to Slave  
Racks.)  
1-9-2 Version-1 CPUs  
CV-series CPUs were changed to version 1 from December 1993. The new  
model numbers are as follows: CVM1-CPU01-EV1, CVM1-CPU11-EV1,  
CV500-CPU-EV1, CV1000-CPU-EV1, and CV2000-CPU-EV1. (Of these, all  
CVM1 CPUs were changed to version 2 from December 1994; refer to the next  
sections for details.)  
The following additions and improvements were made to create the version-1  
CPUs.  
PT Link Function  
EEPROM Writes  
The host link interface on the CPU can be used to connect directly to Program  
-
mable erminals (PTs) to create high-speed data links. To use the PT links, turn  
T
ON pin 3 of the DIP switch on the CPU. Pin 3 must be turned OFF for host link  
connections.  
With the new CPUs, you can write to EEPROM Memory Cards mounted to the  
CPU by using the file write operation from a Peripheral Device. A Memory Card  
Writer is no longer required for this write operation. Writing is possible in PRO  
GRAM mode only.  
-
New Command  
Faster Host Links  
Faster Searches  
A new I/O REGISTER command (QQ) has been added so that words from differ-  
ent data areas can be read at the same time.  
The communications response time for the built-in host link interface on the CPU  
has been improved by a factor of approximately 1.2.  
The search speed from Peripheral Devices for instructions and operands has  
been nearly doubled.  
1-9-3 Version-2 CVM1 PCs  
CVM1 CPUs were changed to version 2 and a new CPU was added from De-  
cember 1994. The new model numbers are as follows: CVM1-CPU01-EV2,  
CVM1-CPU11-EV2, and CVM1-CPU21-EV2.  
13  
Improved Specifications  
Section 1-9  
The following additions and improvements were made to create the version-2  
CPUs.  
CMP/CMPL  
New versions of the CMP(020) and CMPL(021) have been added that are not  
intermediate instructions. The new instructions are CMP(028) and CMPL(029)  
and are programs as right-hand (final) instructions. A total of 24 other new com  
-
parison instructions have also been added with symbol mnemonics (e.g., >, +,  
and <).  
XFER(040)  
DMPX(111)  
New Flags  
This instruction has been upgraded so that source and destination areas can  
overlap.  
This instruction has been upgraded so that either the MSB or the LSB can be  
specified for use as the end code. Previously only the the MSB could be used.  
Underflow and Overflow Flags have been added at A50009 and A50010, re-  
spectively. These flags can be turned ON or OFF when executing ADB, ADBL,  
SBB, and SBBL and can be saved or loaded using CCL and CCS.  
New Instructions  
A total of 125 new instructions have been added. These instructions are sup-  
ported by version-2 CPUs only.  
Faster Online Editing  
The time that operation is stopped for online editing has been reduced and is no  
longer added to the cycle time. The following are just a couple of examples.  
Edit  
Time operation is stopped  
Adding or deleting one instruction block at the  
beginning of a 62K-word program  
Approx. 0.5 s  
Deleting an instruction block containing JME  
from the beginning of a 62K-word program  
Approx. 2.0 s  
The above speed increase also applies to all V1 CPUs with lot numbers in which  
the rightmost digit is 5 (jjj5) or higher.  
New Host Link Commands  
New C-mode commands for the CPU Host Interface have been added and the  
functionality of existing commands has been improved as follows:  
New Commands  
RL/WL: Read and write commands for the CIO Area.  
RH/WH: Read and write commands for the CIO Area.  
CR: Read command for the DM Area.  
R#/R$/R%: SV read commands.  
W#/W$/W%: SV change commands.  
*: Initialization command.  
Improved Commands  
The Link Area (CIO 1000 to CIO 1063) and Holding Area (CIO 1200 to  
CIO 1299) can now be specified for the KS, KR, KC, and QQ commands.  
CVM1-CPU21-EV2 can now be read for the MM command.  
The above new and improved commands can also be used with all V1 CPUs  
with lot numbers in which the rightmost digit is 5 (jjj5) or higher.  
Note Only the following Programming Devices support version-2 CPUs: SSS  
(C500-ZL3AT1-E) and the CVM1-PRS21-EV1 Programming Console  
(CVM1-MP201-V1). Of these, the SSS does not support SFC and thus cannot  
be used for the CV500, CV1000, and CV2000. Use the CVSS for these PCs.  
14  
SECTION 2  
System Configuration and Components  
This section provides information about the types of system configuration in which the CV-series PCs can be used and the  
individual Units that make up these configuration. Refer to Appendix A Standard Models for a list of C- and CV-series prod  
-
ucts that can be used in CV-series PC Systems.  
2-1 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
2-2 Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
2-2-1 CPU Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
2-2-2 Expansion CPU Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
2-2-3 Expansion I/O Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
2-3 Rack Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
2-3-1 CPUs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
2-3-2 I/O Control Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
2-3-3 I/O Interface Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
2-3-4 Power Supply Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
2-3-5  
Termination Resistance Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
2-3-6 I/O Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
15  
System Configuration  
Section 2-1  
2-1 System Configuration  
This section provides illustrations of CV-series PC Systems, which can be clas  
-
sified into five different types of configuration.  
Systems with only a CPU Rack  
Systems with only CV-series Expansion I/O Racks.  
Systems with an Expansion CPU Rack.  
Systems with a Single CV-series Expansion I/O Rack.  
Systems with C500 Expansion I/O Racks.  
If only a CPU Rack is used, an I/O Control Unit is not required, but the CPU Rack  
is otherwise the same as those in the following examples. The specific Units  
used in the configuration are described in more detail later.  
The maximum I/O capacity with any configuration is 512 points (32 words) for  
the CV500 or CVM1-CPU01-EV2; 1,024 points (64 words) for the CV1000 or  
CVM1-CPU11-EV2; and 2,048 points (128 words) for the CV2000 or  
CVM1-CPU21-EV2. The I/O capacity will be less depending on the Racks and  
the types of Units mounted.  
Systems with only  
CV-series Expansion I/O  
Racks  
The following figure shows an assembled CV-series CPU Rack and seven Ex-  
pansion I/O Racks. Up to seven Expansion I/O Racks may be connected in one  
or two series from the CPU Rack. The total length of I/O Connecting Cable must  
be 50 m or less for each series and a Termination Resistance Unit must be be  
connected to the last Rack or to the unused I/O Control Unit connector.  
Units can be mounted to any slot on the Racks shown for them below.  
I/O Control Unit:  
CV500-IC201/IC101  
CPU: CV500-CPU01-EV1, CV1000-CPU01-EV1,  
CV2000-CPU01-EV1, CVM1-CPU01-EV2, CVM1-CPU11-EV2,  
or CVM1-CPU21-EV2  
CPU Backplane: CV500-BC031/051/101  
Power Supply Unit: CV500-PS221/PS211 or CVM1-PA208  
3, 5, or 10 slots  
SYSMAC NET Link Units  
SYSMAC LINK Units  
BASIC Units  
C500 I/O Units  
SYSMAC BUS/2 Masters  
Personal Computer Units  
C500 Special I/O Units  
SYSMAC BUS Masters  
I/O Connecting Cable  
CV500-CNjj  
2
(50 m max. total length  
for 1 series)  
I/O Interface Unit  
CV500-II201  
I/O Backplane  
CV500-BI042/062/112  
Power Supply Unit  
CV500-PS221/PS211  
or CVM1-PA208  
4/6/11 slots  
C500 I/O Units  
T
ermination Resistance Unit:  
C500 Special I/O Units  
SYSMAC BUS Masters  
CV500-TER01  
(Two included with CV500-IC101/201  
I/O Control Unit.)  
16  
System Configuration  
Section 2-1  
Systems with an Expansion When nine or more CPU Bus Units (Temperature Controller Data Link Units,  
CPU Rack  
SYSMAC NET Link Units, SYSMAC LINK Units, SYSMAC BUS/2 Remote I/O  
Master Units, Ethernet Units, BASIC Units, and Personal Computer Units) are  
required in a System, the CPU Rack may be extended by connecting an Expan  
-
sion CPU Rack to enable mounting up to 16 CPU Bus Units.  
Only one Expansion CPU Rack may be connected to a CPU Rack. A system that  
includes an Expansion CPU Rack can be extended by connecting up to six Ex  
-
pansion I/O Racks. The Expansion I/O Racks may be connected in one or two  
series from the CPU Rack. The total length of I/O Connecting Cable must be  
50 m or less for each series and a Termination Resistance Unit must be con-  
nected to the last Rack or to the unused I/O Control Unit connector.  
Using an Expansion CPU Rack does not increase the maximum I/O capacity of  
the PC; it only increases the number of CPU Bus Units that can be used.  
Units can be mounted to any slot on the Racks shown for them below.  
CPU: CV500-CPU01-EV1, CV1000-CPU01-EV1,  
CV2000-CPU01-EV1, CVM1-CPU01-EV2, CVM1-CPU11-EV2, or  
CVM1-CPU21-EV2  
I/O Control Unit: CV500-IC101  
CPU Backplane: CV500-BC031/051/101  
Power Supply Unit: CV500-PS221/PS211 or  
CVM1-PA208  
3, 5, or 10 slots  
SYSMAC NET Link Units  
SYSMAC LINK Units  
BASIC Units  
C500 I/O Units  
SYSMAC BUS/2 Masters  
Personal Computer Units  
C500 Special I/O Units  
SYSMAC BUS Masters  
CPU Connecting Cable  
CV500-CNjj1  
I/O Interface Unit  
CV500-II101  
Expansion CPU Back-  
plane CV500-BI111  
Power Supply Unit:  
CV500-PS221/PS211 or CVM1-PA208  
11 slots  
SYSMAC NET Link Units  
SYSMAC LINK Units  
BASIC Units  
C500 I/O Units  
SYSMAC BUS/2 Masters  
Personal Computer Units  
C500 Special I/O Units  
SYSMAC BUS Masters  
I/O Connecting Cable  
CV500-CNjj  
2
(50 m max. total  
length for 1 series)  
I/O Interface Unit  
(CV500-II201)  
I/O Backplane  
CV500-BI042/062/112  
Power Supply Unit:  
CV500-PS221/PS211 or CVM1-PA208  
4/6/11 slots  
C500 I/O Units  
T
ermination Resistance Unit CV500-TER01  
C500 Special I/O Units  
SYSMAC BUS Masters  
(Two included with CV500-IC101/201 I/O Control Unit.)  
17  
System Configuration  
Section 2-1  
Systems with a Single  
Expansion I/O Rack  
When only one Expansion I/O Rack is required, a simplified system configura  
tion may be used. The CPU Backplane can be connected directly to the Expan  
-
-
sion I/O Backplane without the use of the I/O Control and I/O Interface Units.  
mination Resistance Units are also not required.  
Ter-  
All Units except for CPU Bus Units (Temperature Controller Data Link Units,  
SYSMAC NET Link Units, SYSMAC LINK Units, SYSMAC BUS/2 Masters,  
Ethernet Units, Personal Computer Units, and BASIC Units) can be mounted to  
any of the Backplanes for which they listed in the following diagram. CPU Bus  
Units can be mounted to any slot on any CPU Backplane except for the  
CVM1-BC053 or CVM1-BC103 Backplane, on which CPU Bus Units can be  
mounted only to the rightmost 3 and 6 slots, respectively.  
CPU: CV500-CPU01-EV1, CV1000-CPU01-EV1,  
CV2000-CPU01-EV1, CVM1-CPU01-EV2,  
CVM1-CPU11-EV2, or CVM1-CPU21-EV2  
CPU Backplane: CV500-BC031/051/101 or  
CVM1-BC053/103  
Power Supply Unit: CV500-PS221/PS211 or  
CVM1-PA208  
3, 5, or 10 slots  
SYSMAC NET Link Units  
SYSMAC LINK Units  
BASIC Units  
C500 I/O Units  
C500 Special I/O Units  
SYSMAC BUS Masters  
SYSMAC BUS/2 Masters  
Personal Computer Units  
I/O Connecting Cable  
CV500-CNjj3  
I/O Backplane  
CV500-BI042/062/112 or  
CVM1-BI064/114  
Power Supply Unit  
CV500-PS221/PS211  
or CVM1-PA208  
4/6/11 slots  
C500 I/O Units  
C500 Special I/O Units  
SYSMAC BUS Masters  
18  
 
System Configuration  
Section 2-1  
Systems with C500  
Expansion I/O Racks  
The following figure shows an assembled CV-series CPU Rack and seven C500  
Expansion I/O Racks. Up to seven C500 Expansion I/O Racks may be con-  
nected to the CPU Rack. The total length of the I/O Connecting Cable must 5 m  
or less and each section of I/O Connecting Cable must be 2 m or less. Termina-  
tion Resistance Units are not necessary.  
Expansion I/O Racks for the CV-series cannot be used together with C500 Ex  
-
pansion I/O Racks.  
Units can be mounted to any slot on the Racks shown for them below.  
I/O Control Unit  
CV500-IC301  
CPU: CV500-CPU01-EV1, CV1000-CPU01-EV1,  
CV2000-CPU01-EV1, CVM1-CPU01-EV2,  
CVM1-CPU11-EV2, or CVM1-CPU21-EV2  
CPU Backplane: CV500-BC031/051/101  
Power Supply Unit: CV500-PS221/PS211 or  
CVM1-PA208  
3, 5, or 10 slots  
SYSMAC NET Link Units  
SYSMAC LINK Units  
SYSMAC BUS/2 Masters  
Personal Computer Units  
BASIC Units  
C500 I/O Units  
C500 Special I/O Units  
SYSMAC BUS Masters  
I/O Connecting Cable C500-CNjj2N  
(2 m max. each cable, 5 m max. total length)  
I/O Interface Unit  
3G2A5-II002  
I/O Backplane  
3G2A5-BI081/BI051  
Power Supply Unit  
3G2A5-PS222-E/PS212  
8 or 5 slots  
C500 I/O Units  
C500 Special I/O Units  
SYSMAC BUS Masters  
(Terminal Resistance Units are not required.)  
19  
System Configuration  
Section 2-1  
Rack Configurations  
The following table summarizes the components required to form each type of  
Rack in the different configurations. The number of each component required for  
the System is given in parentheses. The following combinations form the basic  
Racks to which the other Units indicated in the first part of this section can be  
added.  
Configuration  
CPU Rack  
Connecting  
cable  
Expansion Rack  
CPU  
I/O Control  
Unit  
I/O Interface  
Unit  
Expansion  
Backplane  
Termination  
Resistance Unit  
Backplane  
CPU Rack only  
CV500-BC031,  
CV500-BC051,  
CV500-BC101,  
CVM1-BC053,  
or CVM1-BC103  
(one)  
Not needed  
Not needed  
Not needed  
Not needed  
Not needed  
CPU Rack and  
Expansion CPU  
Rack only  
CV500-BC031,  
CV500-BC051,  
or  
CV500-BC101  
(one)  
CV500-IC101  
(one)  
CV500-CNjj1  
(one)  
CV500-CNjj2  
(one)  
CV500-II101  
(one)  
CV500-BI111  
(one)  
CV500-TER01  
(Two included  
with I/O Control  
Unit.) (two)  
CPU Rack, Ex-  
pansion CPU  
Rack, and Expan-  
sion I/O Racks  
CV500-BC031,  
CV500-BC051,  
or  
CV500-BC101  
(one)  
CV500-IC101  
(one)  
CV500-CNjj1  
(one)  
CV500-CNjj2  
(one)  
CV500-II101  
(one)  
CV500-BI111  
(one)  
CV500-TER01  
(Two included  
with I/O Control  
Unit.) (two)  
CV500-CNjj  
(one for each  
Expansion I/O  
Rack)  
2
CV500-II201  
(one for each  
Expansion I/O  
Rack)  
CV500-BI042,  
CV500-BI062, or  
CV500-BI112  
(one for each  
Expansion I/O  
Rack)  
CPU Rack and  
Expansion I/O  
Racks  
CV500-BC031,  
CV500-BC051,  
or  
CV500-BC101  
(one)  
CV500-IC201 or CV500-CNjj  
2
CV500-II201  
(one for each  
Expansion I/O  
Rack)  
CV500-BI042,  
CV500-BI062, or  
CV500-BI112  
(one for each  
Expansion I/O  
Rack)  
CV500-IC101  
(one)  
(one for each  
Expansion I/O  
Rack)  
CPU Rack with  
Single Expansion CV500-BC051,  
I/O Rack  
CV500-BC031,  
Not needed  
CV500-CNjj3  
(one)  
Not needed  
CV500-BI042,  
CV500-BI062,  
CV500-BI112,  
CVM1-BI064, or  
CVM1-BI114  
(one)  
Not needed  
Not needed  
CV500-BC101,  
CVM1-BC053,  
or CVM1-BC103  
(one)  
CPU Rack with  
C500 Expansion  
I/O Racks  
CV500-BC031,  
CV500-BC051,  
or  
CV500-BC101  
(one)  
CV500-IC301  
(one)  
C500-CNjj2N  
(one for each  
Expansion I/O  
Rack)  
C500-II002  
(one for each  
Expansion I/O  
Rack)  
C500-BI081 or  
C500-BI051  
(one for each  
Expansion I/O  
Rack)  
20  
System Configuration  
Section 2-1  
Mounting Locations  
The following table below summarizes the Units that can be mounted to CPU,  
Expansion CPU, Expansion I/O, and Slave Racks. For detailed information  
about the Units listed below  
,
refer to the operation manual for the individual Unit.  
Unit  
CPU  
Rack  
Expansion Expansion Slave Racks (CV- or  
Remarks  
CPU Rack  
I/O Racks  
Yes  
C-series)  
16-/32-/64-point  
I/O Units  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
---  
---  
Service Power  
Supplies  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Interrupt Input  
Units  
No  
Up to 4 Units can be mounted.  
When mounting to the Expansion  
CPU Rack, set the rack number  
to 1.  
C500 Special I/O Yes  
Units  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Up to 8 of the following Units can  
be mounted: Analog Input, Analog  
Output, High-speed Counter, PID,  
Position Control, Magnetic Card,  
ASCII, ID Sensor, and Ladder  
Program I/O. Position Control  
Units, NC103-E, and PID Units  
use 2 slots.  
The following cannot be  
mounted to SYSMAC  
BUS/2 Slave Racks:  
NC103, NC221, NC222,  
CP131, FZ001, PID01,  
and MCC01.  
The following cannot be  
mounted to SYSMAC  
BUS Slave Racks:  
NC221, NC222, CT041,  
and FZ001.  
READ(190)/WRIT(191) cannot be  
used with Units mounted to  
SYSMAC BUS Slave Racks.  
All other Special I/O Units  
can be mounted.  
Up to 16 CPU Bus Units can be  
used with each PC, including 2  
Remote I/O Master Units for the  
CV500 or CVM1-CPU01-EV2 or 4  
for the CV1000, CV2000,  
BASIC Units  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Temperature  
Controller Data  
Link Unit  
Personal  
Computer Units  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
CVM1-CPU11-EV2, or  
CVM1-CPU21-EV2, up to a 4  
each of the SYSMAC NET Link,  
SYSMAC LINK Units, Host Link  
Unit, or Ethernet Unit, and 1  
CompoBus/D Master Unit.  
SYSMAC NET  
Link Units  
SYSMAC LINK  
Units  
A Personal Computer Unit  
requires 4 slots.  
SYSMAC BUS/2 Yes  
Remote I/O  
Master Units  
Ethernet Units  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
No  
No  
No  
CompoBus/D  
Master Unit  
SYSMAC BUS  
Remote I/O  
Master Units  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
Up to 4 Units can be mounted to  
a CV500 or CVM1-CPU01-EV2  
and eight Units to a CV1000,  
CV2000, CVM1-CPU11-EV2, or  
CVM1-CPU21-EV2.  
SYSMAC BUS  
I/O Link Units  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
I/O cannot be set to 16 input/16  
output.  
21  
System Configuration  
Section 2-1  
Configuration Limits  
The following two tables indicate limits on the system configuration. The first  
table indicates limits for the basic System. The second table indicates limits for  
Remote I/O Systems.  
Basic System  
Item  
CV500 or  
CVM1-CPU01-EV2  
CV1000 or  
CVM1-CPU11-EV2  
CV2000 or  
CVM1-CPU21-EV2  
Number of I/O points  
512 points (32 words) 1,024 points  
(64 words)  
2,048 points  
(128 words)  
Number of connectable Expansion CPU Racks  
Number of connectable Expansion I/O Racks  
Number of I/O slots on CPU Rack  
1
7 (6 if an Expansion CPU Rack is also used)  
3/5/10  
11  
Number of I/O slots on Expansion CPU Rack  
Number of I/O slots on Expansion I/O Rack  
4/6/11  
Remote I/O Systems  
Item  
SYSMAC BUS/2 (see note 2)  
SYSMAC BUS  
CV500 or  
CVM1-CPU01  
-EV2  
CV1000,  
CV2000,  
CVM1-CPU11  
CV500 or  
CVM1-CPU01  
-EV2  
CV1000,  
CV2000, or  
CVM1-CPU11  
-EV2  
CVM1-CPU21  
-EV2  
-EV2, or  
CVM1-CPU21  
-EV2  
Limits  
per PC  
No. of remote I/O  
points  
1,024 pts  
(64 words)  
2,048 pts  
(128 words)  
512 pts  
(32 words)  
1,024 pts (64  
words)  
2,048 pts (128  
words)  
No. of Remote  
Masters  
2
4
4
8
No. of Slave Racks ---  
---  
8
2
16  
8
Limits  
per  
Remote  
No. of Slaves (see  
note 1)  
58M Slaves: 8 Units  
122M Slaves: 4 Units  
54MH Slaves: 4 Units  
I/O  
Master  
Unit  
No. of remote I/O  
points  
58M Slaves: 464 input and 464  
output  
512 pts (32 words)  
122M Slaves: 976 input and 976  
output  
54MH Slaves: 432 input and  
432 output  
Combined No. of  
Slaves, I/O Link  
Units, Optical I/O  
Units, and I/O  
Terminals  
---  
64 (optical)  
32 (wired)  
Expansion I/O Backplanes  
CV500-BI112/062/042  
C500-BI081/051  
Note 1. 58M Slaves are counted as one Unit and 122M and 54 MH Slaves are  
counted as two Units in figuring the total of eight connectable Units. 58M,  
122M, and 54MH classifications are set with a switch on the Slave.  
2. A SYSMAC BUS/2 Slave must be designated “54MH” to use  
READ(190)/WRIT(191) for Special I/O Units mounted to it. These instruc-  
tions cannot be used for SYSMAC BUS Slaves regardless.  
22  
Racks  
Section 2-2  
2-2 Racks  
This section describes the Racks used to construct a PC System. The individual  
components used to construct the Racks are described in the next section.  
2-2-1 CPU Racks  
The following figure shows the parts of the CPU Rack. There are five Back-  
planes available for the CPU Rack. Any CPU can be mounted to any Backplane.  
The only differences in the Backplanes is the number of slots that they provide  
for Units, their expansion capability, and the number of slots for CPU Bus Units.  
The CV500-BC031, CV500-BC051, and CV500-BC101 provide complete ex-  
pansion capability and provide 3, 5, and 10 slots, respectively, for Units other  
than the CPU, Power Supply Unit, and I/O Control Unit.  
The CVM1-BC053 and CVM1-BC103 do not support I/O Control Units and pro  
-
vide 5 and 10 slots, respectively, for Units other than the CPU and Power Supply  
Unit. Because I/O Control Units are not supported, these Backplanes can be  
connected only to a single Expansion I/O Rack as illustrated on page 18.The  
CPU Backplane cannot be used for an Expansion CPU or Expansion I/O Rack.  
CPU Backplane  
CV500-BC031  
CV500-BC051  
CV500-BC101  
CVM1-BC053  
CVM1-BC103  
No. of slots  
CPU Bus Unit slots  
I/O Control Unit  
Yes  
3
5
3
5
Yes  
Yes  
No  
10  
5
10  
Rightmost 3  
Rightmost 6  
10  
No  
CPU Backplane  
CV500-BC031/051/101 (3/5/10 slots)  
CVM1-BC053/103 (5/10 slots)  
CPU  
CV500-CPU01-EV1,  
CV1000-CPU01-EV1,  
CV2000-CPU01-EV1,  
CVM1-CPU01-EV2,  
CVM1-CPU11-EV2, or  
CVM1-CPU21-EV2  
I/O Control Units are  
not supported by  
CVM1 Backplanes.  
Power Supply Unit  
CV500-PS221/PS211  
CVM1-PA208  
Units  
I/O Control Unit  
(Up to 3/5/10 or the following Units: SYSMAC NET Link  
Units, SYSMAC LINK Units, SYSMAC BUS/2 Masters,  
BASIC Units, Personal Computer Unit, C500 I/O Units,  
C500 Special I/O Units, SYSMAC BUS Masters)  
An I/O Control Unit must be mounted to the Rack in order to  
connect an Expansion CPU or more than one Expansion I/O  
Rack. The model of I/O Control Unit used determines the  
other Racks can be connected.  
23  
Racks  
Section 2-2  
Note The Units in the following table can be mounted to the CV500-BC101 CPU Back  
-
plane if a CV500-ICjjj I/O Control Unit and CV500-IIjjj I/O Interface Unit  
are used. If an I/O Control Unit is not used, only one Expansion I/O Rack can be  
connected and a total of eight Units maximum can be mounted to the PC regard  
-
less of the Rack to which they are mounted.  
Name  
Model  
3G2A5-ADjjj, C500-AD101  
3G2A5-CTjjj, C500-CT041  
3G2A5-DAjjj, C500-DA101  
C500-FZ001  
Analog Input Unit  
High-speed Counter Unit  
Analog Output Unit  
Fuzzy Logic Unit  
ID Sensor Unit  
C500-IDSjj/-IDS01-V1  
C500-LDP01-V1  
Ladder Program I/O Unit  
Position Control Unit  
3G2A5-NC103-E/-NC111-EV1,  
C500-NC222-E  
SYSMAC BUS Optical Remote I/O  
Master Unit  
3G2A5-RM001-PEV1/-RM001-EV1,  
C500-RM201  
ASCII Unit  
C500-ASC04  
C500-CP131  
Cam Positioner Unit  
Magnetic Card Reader Unit  
PID Control Unit  
3G2A5-MGC01  
3G2A5-PID01-E  
2-2-2 Expansion CPU Racks  
An Expansion CPU Rack can be provided to increase the mounting space for  
CPU Bus Units. The Expansion CPU Rack is connected directly to the CPU  
Rack. Two cables are required to connect the Expansion CPU Rack to the CPU  
Rack, a CPU Bus Cable and an I/O Connecting Cable. If either of these connec  
-
tions is broken, the system will be disabled  
Only one Expansion CPU Rack can be connected to the CPU Rack. T  
o further  
increase the number of I/O Units, a series of Expansion I/O Racks may be con  
-
nected to the Expansion CPU Rack or to the I/O Control Unit on the CPU Rack. If  
no Expansion I/O Rack is connected to the I/O Interface Unit, connect a Termina-  
tion Resistance Unit to the unused connector on the I/O Interface Unit.  
CPU Bus Connector Connects the Expansion CPU Rack to the CPU Rack.  
I/O Connector Connects the Ex-  
pansion CPU Rack to the CPU  
Rack.  
Expansion CPU  
Backplane  
CV500-BI111  
T
ermination Resistance Unit  
A Termination Resistance Unit  
must be connected to the unused  
I/O cable connector when an Ex  
-
pansion I/O Rack is not connected.  
Power Supply Unit  
CV500-PS221/PS211  
CVM1-PA208  
I/O Connector Connects the Ex-  
pansion CPU Rack to an Expan  
sion I/O Rack. When not used,  
connect a Termination Resistance  
Unit.  
-
I/O Interface Unit (CV500-II101)  
Connects the Expansion CPU  
Rack to the CPU Rack and, if nec-  
essary, to an Expansion I/O Rack.  
Units  
(Up to 11 or the following Units: SYSMAC NET Link  
Units, SYSMAC LINK Units, SYSMAC BUS/2 Masters,  
BASIC Units, Personal Computer Unit, C500 I/O Units,  
C500 Special I/O Units, SYSMAC BUS Masters)  
24  
Racks  
Section 2-2  
2-2-3 Expansion I/O Racks  
Expansion I/O Racks, shown in the following diagram, can be used to expand  
the CV-series PCs. There are five models of Expansion I/O Backplane that can  
be used, as shown in the following table. These vary in the number of slots that  
they provide for Units (other than the Power Supply Unit and I/O Interface Unit)  
and in expansion capabilities. CV500 Expansion I/O Backplanes offer complete  
expansion capabilities, while CVM1 Expansion I/O Backplanes do not support  
I/O Interface Units and thus must be connected directly to the CPU Backplane  
(see Single Expansion I/O Rack in this subsection).  
Expansion I/O  
Backplane  
No. of slots  
I/O Interface Unit  
CV500-BI042  
CV500-BI062  
CV500-BI112  
CVM1-BI064  
CVM1-BI114  
4
6
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
11  
6
11  
No  
An Expansion I/O Rack can be connected either directly to the CPU Backplane  
(seeSingle Expansion I/O Rack in this subsection) or to an I/O Control Unit.Up to  
seven Expansion I/O Racks can be connected to the I/O Control Unit on the CPU  
Rack in two series unless an Expansion CPU Rack is connected, in which case  
only six Expansion I/O Racks may be connected. If an Expansion CPU Rack is  
connected, one of the series of Expansion I/O Racks is connected to the I/O  
Control Unit on the CPU Rack and the other one is connected to the I/O Interface  
Unit on the Expansion CPU Rack.  
Attach a Termination Resistance Unit to the unused terminal on the I/O Interface  
Unit of the last Expansion I/O Rack in each series. If two series of Expansion I/O  
Racks are used, connect a Termination Resistance Unit to the last Rack in each.  
I/O Connector Connects Expan-  
sion I/O Rack to preceding Expan  
sion I/O, Expansion CPU, or CPU  
Rack.  
-
Expansion I/O  
Backplane  
CV500-BI042/062/  
T
ermination Resistance Unit  
A Termination Resistance Unit  
must be connected to the unused  
I/O Connecting Cable Connector  
when an Expansion I/O Rack is  
not connected.  
112 or  
CVM1-BI064/114  
I/O Connector Connects Expan-  
sion I/O Rack to next Expansion  
I/O Rack. When not used, connect  
to a Termination Resistance Unit.  
Power Supply Unit  
CV500-PS221/PS211  
or CVM1-PA208  
Units  
(Up to 4/6/11 or the following  
Units: C500 I/O Units, C500  
Special I/O Units, SYSMAC  
BUS Masters)  
I/O Interface Unit (CV500-II201)  
Connects the Expansion I/O Rack to  
other Expansion Racks, the CPU Rack,  
and/or an Expansion I/O Rack.  
Single Expansion I/O Rack  
If only one Expansion I/O Rack is required and no Expansion CPU Rack is used,  
single Expansion I/O Rack can be connected directly to the CPU Rack without  
a
an I/O Control Unit or I/O Interface Unit. The Racks are connected directly via the  
connectors on the two Backplanes. Termination Resistance Units are also not  
required. In every other respect, the Expansion I/O Rack is identical to Expan  
-
sion I/O Racks in connected via I/O Control and I/O Interface Units.  
25  
Rack Components  
Section 2-3  
SYSMAC BUS/2 Slave  
Racks  
The SYSMAC BUS/2 Slave Racks use the same Expansion I/O Backplane and  
Power Supply Unit as the Expansion I/O Racks, but a Remote I/O Slave Unit is  
mounted instead of the I/O Interface Unit and the Slave Rack is connected from  
the Remote I/O Slave Unit to a Remote I/O Master Unit on the CPU or Expansion  
CPU Rack. Refer to the SYSMAC BUS/2 Remote I/O System Manual for details.  
2-3 Rack Components  
This section describes the main components that are used to construct CPU,  
Expansion CPU, and Expansion I/O Racks.  
2-3-1 CPUs  
Six CPU models are available, the CV500-CPU01-EV1, CV1000-CPU01-EV1,  
CV2000-CPU01-EV1,  
CVM1-CPU01-EV2,  
CVM1-CPU11-EV2,  
and  
CVM1-CPU21-EV2. The following figure shows the CV1000-CPU01-EV1.  
Indicators  
Protect keyswitch  
Used to write-protect PC  
setup and user memory  
.
Peripheral device  
connector  
Expansion Data Memory  
Card compartment  
(CV1000, CV2000, or  
CVM1-CPU21-EV2 only;  
optional)  
Host link connector  
Connector XM2A-0901  
Cover:  
XM2S-0911  
(One set included)  
RS-422/RS-232C selector  
Memory Card indicator  
Lit when power is supplied  
to the Memory Card.  
Memory Card (option  
al), DIP switch and  
battery compartment  
Do not pull out the  
-
memory card while the  
Memory Card indicator  
is lit.  
Note The Memory Unit is built into CVM1/CV-series PCs; it is not necessary for the  
user to install one, as is necessary for some C-series PCs.  
Protect Keyswitch  
The protect keyswitch write-protects the current PC Setup and user program  
memory. The user program memory can also be write-protected by the using the  
“Protect UM” function from the CVSS. When set to “SYSTEM PROTECT” this  
switch will write-protect the entire user program memory even if only part of it is  
protected using the “Protect UM” function from the CVSS.  
26  
Rack Components  
Section 2-3  
CPU Indicators  
The following table describes the indicators on the front panel of the CPU.  
Indicator  
POWER (green)  
RUN (green)  
Operation  
Lights when power is supplied to the CPU.  
Lights when the PC is operating normally.  
ERROR (red)  
Lights when an error in the CPU causes operation to stop. When the ERROR indicator lights, the  
RUN indicator will go out and all outputs from Output Units will be turned OFF.  
WDT (red)  
Lights when a CPU error (watchdog timer error) has been detected. When the WDT indicator  
lights, the RUN indicator will go out and all outputs from Output Units will be turned OFF.  
ALARM (red)  
Lights when non-fatal error is detected.  
OUTINH (orange)  
COMM (orange)  
Lights when the Output OFF Bit (A00015) is turned ON to turn OFF PC outputs.  
Lit from when data is received from the host computer until the response is completed.  
DIP Switch Settings  
The DIP switch is used to set certain basic operational parameters for the CPU.  
To gain access to the DIP switches, open the cover of the Memory Card com-  
partment as shown in the following figure. Turn off power to the PC before setting  
the DIP switch.  
OFF  
ON  
Pin  
Function  
6
5
Specifies whether the termination resistance is connected for the Host Link System. Turn this pin ON to  
connect the terminal resistance. When RS-422 is used set this pin to ON at the last PC connected in the Host  
Link System. When RS-232C is used, this pin does not affect Host Link System operation and may be set to  
either ON or OFF.  
To transfer the user program file (AUTOEXEC.OBJ) and the PC Setup (AUTOEXEC.STD) from the Memory  
Card to the CPU on power application, set this pin to ON. If this pin is set to OFF, the PC Setup can be  
changed from the CVSS so that only the user program (AUTOEXEC.OBJ) is transferred when power is  
turned on. If program transfer is designated both with this pin setting and in the PC Setup, then both the  
program file and the PC Setup will be transferred. The user program will not be transferred when the system  
protect keyswitch on the front panel of the CPU is set to the SYSTEM PROTECT position, or memory is  
write-protected from the CVSS.  
4
Set this pin to the ON position to establish the following communications settings for the host link interface.  
These are the most common setting for an IBM PC/AT interface.  
Baud rate:  
9,600 bps  
Unit number: 0  
Parity:  
Even  
Data length: 7 bits  
Stop bits:  
2
When this pin is OFF, the communications settings for the host link interface are set in the PC Setup. Refer to  
the CVSS Operation Manuals for details on the PC Setup.  
Note: The above settings apply to CPUs manufactured from July 1995 (lot number **75 for July 1995). For  
CPUs manufactured before July 1995 (lot number **65 for June 1995), only 1 stop bit will be set and the  
baud rate will be 2,400 bps.  
27  
Rack Components  
Section 2-3  
Pin  
Function  
3
Set this pin to ON when using the host link interface with a PT using NT Link communications. Set this pin to  
OFF when using the host link interface for host link communications.  
1 and 2 These pins set the baud rate of the peripheral device connector. Set the rate to 50,000 bps when connecting  
the interface to the GPC or Programming Console. Set the rate to  
Pin 1 Pin 2  
Baud rate  
50,000 bps  
19,200 bps  
9,600 bps  
4,800 bps  
9,600 bps when connecting to a personal computer running CVSS.  
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
Memory Cards  
Memory Cards can be used to store data or programs as files to expand the  
memory storing capacity of the PC. Memory Cards fit into the slot located on the  
lower left side of the CPU. Memory Cards are not provided with the PC and must  
be ordered separately and installed in the CPU. There are three types of  
Memory Cards that can be used for the CV-series PCs: RAM, EEPROM, or  
EPROM.  
Memory type  
Model  
Capacity  
64K bytes  
Remarks  
RAM  
HMC-ES641  
HMC-ES151  
HMC-ES251  
HMC-ES551  
HMC-EE641  
HMC-EE151  
HMC-EP551  
HMC-EP161  
---  
128K bytes  
256K bytes  
512K bytes  
64K bytes  
128K bytes  
512K bytes  
1M bytes  
CV500-MCWjj Memory Card Writer or Peripheral Device  
EEPROM  
EPROM  
required  
CV500-MCWjj Memory Card Writer or Peripheral Device  
required  
For CPU Units with a lot number that contains the last-digit suffix of “6” (jjj6)  
or higher, the following products are available on the market and can be used as  
Memory Cards provided that they be used in the same manner as for the con  
-
ventional Memory Cards.  
A 64K-byte, 128K-byte, 256K-byte, 512K-byte, 1M-byte, or 2M-byte RAM  
that conforms to JEIDA4.0. The 2M-byte RAM is not applicable to the  
CV500-MCW01 Memory Card Writer.  
28  
Rack Components  
Section 2-3  
RAM and EEPROM Cards  
Data can be randomly written to and read from RAM or EEPROM Cards, making  
it possible to easily stored programs. The memory of a RAM Cards is erased,  
however, when power is not supplied to the CPU or when the RAM Card is re  
-
moved from the CPU without first being connected to a backup battery. EE-  
PROM Cards cannot be written while mounted in the CPU. Data can be written  
to RAM Cards while they are mounted in the CPU by using the CVSS or by in  
-
structions in the user program.  
Both the RAM and EEPROM Memory Cards are equipped with write-protect  
switches. Setting the write-protect switch to ON prevents data from being written  
to or erased from the Card. Setting the write-protect switch to OFF allows data to  
be written to or erased from the Card.  
ON  
OFF  
Four RAM Memory Card models are available, varying in memory capacity from  
8K, 16K, 32K to 64K words. Two EEPROM Memory Card models are available,  
one containing 8K words of memory and the other 16K words of memory.  
RAM Card Backup Battery  
Insert a battery into a RAM Memory Card before mounting the Card into the  
CPU. Leave the battery in its holder. Battery life expectancies are given below  
.
Replace the battery within the time listed. Refer to Section 4 Inspection and  
Maintenance for the battery replacement procedure.  
Card  
HMC-ES641  
HMC-ES151  
HMC-ES251  
HMC-ES551  
Capacity  
64K bytes  
Life  
5 years  
2 years  
1 year  
128K bytes  
256K bytes  
512K bytes  
6 months  
EPROM Cards  
Data contained in the ROM Card is stored on EPROM chips and cannot be al-  
tered or erased during the CPU’s operation. The EPROM chip is mounted to the  
Memory Card and the entire pack is installed in the CPU. Once data is written to  
the chip, the data will not be lost when the power to the PC is OFF.  
ROM Cards are shipped unprogrammed. The ROM Card can be programmed  
using a CV500-MCWjj Memory Card Writer.  
The procedure for erasing EPROM Memory Card data is as follows:  
1, 2, 3...  
1. Open the memory card cover by pressing at an angle on the catch at the  
bottom edge of the card using a pointed object, such as a pen.  
2. Erase the data from the EPROM chips by exposing the window of the  
EPROM chips to ultraviolet light. Any of a number of commercially available  
EPROM erasers may be used. To ensure complete erasure, the Memory  
Card should be subject to a minimum exposure as specified by the eraser  
manufacturer.  
3. Close the cover and slide the catch back into place.  
29  
Rack Components  
Section 2-3  
Expansion Data Memory  
An Expansion Data Memory Unit may be used only in a CV1000-CPU01-EV1,  
CV2000-CPU01-EV1, or CVM1-CPU21-EV2 CPU. The Expansion Data  
Memory Unit fits into the slot located on the upper left side of the CPU. The Ex  
-
pansion Data Memory Unit is optional. There are three models of Memory Units  
available with different memory capacities. The addition of an Expansion Data  
Memory Unit increases the data memory capacity of the CV1000, CV2000, or  
CVM1-CPU21 from 24K words (D00000 to D24575) to up to 256K words. Refer  
to the CV-series PC Operation Manual: Ladder Diagrams for details on PC  
memory and addressing conventions.  
Model  
Memory capacity  
64K words  
Word assignment  
E00000 to E32765 x 2 banks  
E00000 to E32765 x 4 banks  
E00000 to E32765 x 8 banks  
CV1000-DM641  
CV1000-DM151  
CV1000-DM251  
128K words  
256K words  
When mounted to the CPU, the Expansion Data Memory Unit is backed up by  
the battery mounted in the CPU. Provided the Unit has been mounted to the  
CPU for a duration of at least 1 minute, a charged capacitor built-in to the  
Memory Unit allows the Unit to be removed from the CPU for up to 10 minutes  
without memory loss.  
Memory element  
Pullout  
lever  
CPU  
connector  
Backup  
capacitor  
Expansion Data Memory Unit  
30  
Rack Components  
Section 2-3  
2-3-2 I/O Control Units  
An I/O Control Unit must be mounted to the CPU Rack in order to connect the  
CPU Rack to an Expansion CPU Rack or to more than one Expansion I/O Rack.  
Three I/O Control Unit models are available, the CV500-IC101 for connecting an  
Expansion CPU Rack and/or CV-series Expansion I/O Racks, the CV500-IC201  
for connecting just CV-series Expansion I/O Racks, and the CV500-IC301 for  
connecting C500 Expansion I/O Racks. An I/O Control Unit can be mounted  
even if no Expansion I/O or Expansion CPU Rack is used. The I/O Control Unit  
must be mounted to the leftmost slot on the CPU Backplane.  
CV500-IC101  
CV500-IC201  
Display  
Display  
Display mode selector  
Changes the data displayed  
Display mode selector  
Changes the data displayed  
on the display  
.
on the display.  
CPU Bus Connector For connect  
-
ing an Expansion CPU Rack  
I/O Connector  
sion I/O Racks can be connected.  
Both connectors have identical func  
tions.  
T
wo series of Expan  
-
I/O Connector Two series of Ex-  
pansion I/O Racks can be con-  
nected. Both connectors have  
identical functions.  
-
To connect an Expansion CPU Rack,  
connect one I/O connecter and the  
CPU bus connector to the corre  
-
sponding connectors on the I/O Inter  
face Unit on the Expansion CPU  
Rack.  
-
CV500-IC301  
Display  
Display mode selector  
Changes the data displayed  
on the display  
.
I/O Connector Connects the I/O  
Connecting cable for the C500 Ex  
pansion I/O Racks.  
-
31  
Rack Components  
Section 2-3  
Display Modes  
The display mode selector allows one of four modes to be selected. By pressing  
the switch successively, the four modes can be sequentially accessed. The cur  
-
rent mode is displayed in the form of  
illustrates the four possible modes.  
a dot on the display. The following diagram  
Lit in mode 1  
Lit in mode 2  
Lit in mode 3  
Lit in mode 4  
“0000” is displayed until the I/O Connecting Cables are connected properly.  
Mode displays the address of the first word on each Rack. The following exam  
1
-
ple illustrates the mode 1 display for a given Rack.  
Word Word Word  
36  
37  
38  
16-  
pt.  
16-  
pt.  
I/O  
I/O  
Indicates mode 1  
Mode 2 indicates the operating status of the CPU as well as the rack number.  
Indicates the CPU is in the RUN mode, a non-fatal error has occurred,  
a Peripheral Device is connected, and the rack number is 2.  
Indicates the rack number  
Indicates whether or not Peripheral Devices are connected.  
: A Peripheral Device is connected to the CPU or to an I/O Inter  
-
face Unit.  
: No Peripheral Device is connected to the CPU or to an I/O Inter  
-
face Unit.  
Note Only one Peripheral Device can be connected to the CPU and I/O  
Interface Units for each PC, but three additional Peripheral De-  
vices can be connected to the SYSMAC BUS/2 Slave Racks.  
Indicates mode 2  
Indicates the error status of the CPU.  
: A fatal error has occurred.  
: A non-fatal error has occurred.  
: No error has occurred.  
Indicates the operating status of the CPU.  
: The CPU is operating.  
: The CPU has stopped.  
In mode 3, data can be output to the display by the I/O DISPLAY instruction  
(IODP(189)). The binary information can be display in hexadecimal format (0 to  
F) or as segments of a 7-segment display. For details on the I/O DISPLAY in-  
struction, refer to the CV-series PC Operation Manual: Ladder Diagrams.  
Mode 4 displays only the mode number dot.  
32  
Rack Components  
Section 2-3  
2-3-3 I/O Interface Units  
One I/O Interface Unit is needed on the Expansion CPU Rack and on each Ex  
-
pansion I/O Rack. Two models of I/O Interface Unit are available, the  
CV500-II101 for the Expansion CPU Rack and the CV500-II201 for Expansion  
I/O Racks. An I/O Interface Unit enable data communication between Racks.  
The I/O Interface Unit must be mounted to the leftmost slot on the Expansion  
CPU and Expansion I/O Backplane.  
CV500-II101  
I/O connectors The connectors  
CPU bus connector  
are functionally identical and ei  
ther can be used to connect to  
the preceding or succeeding  
Rack.  
-
Display  
Rack number switch  
Display mode switch Changes the  
data displayed on the display  
.
CV500-II201  
I/O Connectors Both connectors  
are functionally identical and ei  
ther can be used to connect to  
the preceding or succeeding  
Rack.  
-
Display  
Rack number switch  
Display mode switch  
Changes the data dis  
-
played on the display  
.
Peripheral device connec  
tor cover  
-
Attach a Termination Resistance Unit to the unused I/O Connecting Cable Con  
-
nector of the last Rack in a each series leading from the CPU Rack.  
33  
Rack Components  
Section 2-3  
Rack Number Switch  
Each Expansion I/O and Expansion CPU Rack is assigned a rack number from 1  
through 7. Set the rack number on the rack number switch. Words are allocated  
to Racks in order according to rack numbers, starting from the CPU Rack, which  
is always rack number 0.  
Set the rack number switch using a standard screwdriver. If a number other than  
1
through 7 is assigned, or the same rack number is set to more than one Rack,  
the PC will not operate  
Note Turn OFF the power to the PC before setting the rack number switches.  
Display  
The display on the I/O Interface Unit is identical to that on the I/O Control Unit on  
the CPU Rack. For details on the data displayed in each mode, refer to 2-3-2 I/O  
Control Unit.  
Peripheral Device  
Connector  
The I/O Interface Unit CV500-II201 for Expansion I/O Racks provides a connec-  
tor for connecting a Peripheral Device. One Peripheral Device (CVSS or Pro-  
gramming Console) can be connected per to the CPU or I/O Interface Units for  
each PC, although additional Peripheral Devices can be connected to Slave  
Racks if a SYSMAC BUS/2 System is used. Whether mounted to the CPU or an  
I/O Interface Unit, the operation of the Peripheral Device is the same.  
Note When connecting a Peripheral Device to the CPU or an I/O Interface Unit, set the  
baud rate of the CPU to 50k bps via the CPU DIP switch.  
2-3-4 Power Supply Units  
The Power Supply Unit is available in three models. The CV500-PS221 and  
CVM1-PA208 run on 100 to 120 AC or 200 to 240 VAC, and the CV500-PS21  
runs on 24 VDC. Both Power Supply Units can be used with any CPU Rack, Ex  
V
1
-
pansion CPU Rack, Expansion I/O Rack, or Remote I/O Slave Rack. The table  
below summarizes the output capacity of the two models.  
Model  
CVM1-PA208  
CV500-PS221  
CV500-PS211  
Supply voltage  
Output power  
8 A at 5 VDC  
100 to 120/200 to 240 VAC  
12 A at 5 VDC  
12 A at 5 VDC  
24 VDC  
Note The total power consumed by each Rack must be within the values stated in the  
table above. For example, do not mount Units with a total current consumption  
greater than 12 A to a Rack supplied by a 12-A Power Supply Unit.  
34  
Rack Components  
Section 2-3  
CV500-PS221/CVM1-PA208  
POWER Indicator  
Lights when power  
is supplied.  
Connect a 100 to 120-VAC or 200 to  
240-VAC power source.  
AC input  
Short the  
(LG) terminal to the  
(GR)  
terminal to improve noise immunity and  
prevent electric shock.  
Ground this terminal at a resistance of  
less than 100 W to prevent electric shock.  
Use an independent ground not shared  
with other equipment.  
NC  
NC  
These terminals are short-circuit at  
the factory. Remove the sort-circuit  
bracket to allow enabling and disab  
ling of the PC with an external signal  
(input: 24 VDC,10 mA). Normally  
leave them short-circuited. These ter  
minals are used on CPU Racks only.  
-
START input  
RUN output  
,
-
These terminals are turned ON during RUN  
operation.  
Maximum Switching Capacity:  
250 VAC: 2 A (resistive load, cosf = 1)  
250 VAC: 0.5 A (inductive load, cos  
24 VDC: 2 A  
f = 0.4)  
Terminals for external  
connections  
CV500-PS211  
POWER Indicator  
Lights when power  
is supplied.  
Note When complying with EC Directives (low voltage), use rein-  
forced insulation or double insulation on the DC power supply  
.
DC input  
Connect a 24-VDC power source.  
Short the  
(LG) terminal to the  
(GR)  
terminal to improve noise immunity and  
prevent electric shock.  
Ground this terminal at a resistance of  
less than 100 W to prevent electric shock.  
Use an independent ground not shared  
with other equipment.  
NC  
NC  
These terminals are short-circuited at  
the factory. Remove the sort-circuit  
bracket to allow enabling and disab  
ling of the PC with an external signal  
(input: 24 VDC, 10 mA). Normally  
leave them short-circuited. These ter  
minals are used on CPU Racks only.  
-
START input  
RUN output  
,
-
These terminals are turned ON during RUN  
operation.  
Maximum Switching Capacity:  
250 VAC: 2 A (resistive load, cosf = 1)  
250 VAC: 0.5 A (inductive load, cos  
24 VDC: 2 A  
f = 0.4)  
Maximum Switching Capacity when Meeting  
EC Directives (Low-voltage Directives):  
24 VDC: 2 A  
T
erminals for external  
connections  
35  
Rack Components  
Section 2-3  
2-3-5 Termination Resistance Units  
A
T
ermination Resistance Unit (CV500-TER01) must be attached to all unused  
I/O connectors of I/O Control and I/O Interface Units in the system. Failure to  
attach ermination Resistance Units to the unused I/O connectors will result in  
T
an error and the incorrect operation of the PC. The following example illustrates  
the locations where Termination Resistance Units are required. Two Termina-  
tion Resistance Units are provided with the CV500-IC101/201 I/O Control Unit.  
CPU Rack  
CPU Rack  
Termination  
Resistance Unit  
Termination  
Resistance  
Unit  
Termination  
Resistance  
Unit  
Termination  
Resistance Unit  
Note Attach and remove Termination Resistance Units only when PC power is OFF  
.
36  
Rack Components  
Section 2-3  
2-3-6 I/O Units  
I/O Units come in 5 shapes; A-shape, B-shape, C-shape, D-shape, and  
E-shape. Refer to Appendix B Specifications for the dimensions of each I/O Unit.  
A-shape  
B-shape  
Mounting screw  
Provided at top and bottom.  
Mounting screw  
Provided at top and bottom.  
Nameplate  
Nameplate  
Fuse blowout alarm indicator  
Provided on OD411/OA121/  
OA222/OA223.  
I/O indicators  
Indicate ON/OFF status.  
Terminal block mounting screw  
Provided at top and bottom.  
I/O indicators  
Indicate ON/OFF status.  
Terminal block mounting screw  
Provided at top and bottom.  
20-terminal terminal block  
Removable.  
38-terminal terminal block  
Removable.  
C-shape  
D-shape  
Mounting screw  
Provided at top and bottom.  
Mounting screw  
Provided at top and bottom.  
Nameplate  
Nameplate  
I/O indicators  
Indicate ON/OFF status.  
I/O indicators  
Indicate ON/OFF status.  
Terminal block mounting screw  
Provided at top and bottom.  
38-terminal terminal block  
Removable.  
Two 40-terminal terminal  
block connectors  
Removable.  
37  
Rack Components  
Section 2-3  
E-shape  
Mounting screw  
Provided at top and bottom.  
Nameplate  
I/O indicators  
Indicate ON/OFF status.  
Two 24-pin connectors  
4-terminal terminal block  
38  
SECTION 3  
Installation  
This section describes how to assemble, mount, and wire a PC starting with a Backplane and use all the Units discussed in the  
previous section. Technical specifications and dimensions are provided in Appendix B Specifications.  
3-1 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-1-1 Mounting Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-1-2 Memory Card and Expansion Data Memory Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-2 Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-3 Mounting Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-3-1 Duct Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-4 Power Supply Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-4-1 Wiring the Power Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-4-2 Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-4-3 Wiring Other Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-4-4 Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-4-5 Power Interruptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-4-6 Current Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-5 Wiring I/O Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-5-1  
Terminal Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-5-2 Wiring Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-5-3 Wiring Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
3-6 Compliance with EC Directives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
39  
Assembly  
Section 3-1  
3-1 Assembly  
3-1-1 Mounting Units  
To build a Rack PC, we start with a Backplane. The Backplane for a CV-series  
PC is illustrated below.  
The Backplane has two functions: it provides physical support for the Units that  
are mounted to it and it provides the connectors and electrical pathways neces  
-
sary for connecting the Units.  
The first device we will mount to the Backplane is a Power Supply Unit. The Pow  
er Supply Unit fits into the rightmost slot on the Backplane and provides electric  
-
-
ity at the voltage required by the other Units in the PC. It can also be used to  
power devices other than the PC if necessary and it enough current is available.  
Power Supply Unit  
The CPU is mounted next to the Power Supply Unit. The CPU fits into the posi  
-
tion directly to the left of the Power Supply Unit.  
CPU  
40  
Assembly  
Section 3-1  
The CV-series CPUs have no I/O points built in. In order to complete the PC we  
need to mount one or more Units providing I/O points to the Backplane. Mount  
the Units to the Backplane by pressing them firmly into position, making sure the  
connectors are properly mated. Secure the Unit by tightening the mounting  
screws located on the top and bottom of the Unit.  
Mounting screws  
Provided at the top and  
bottom of the Unit.  
Connector  
Make sure the connectors  
are properly mated.  
The following figure shows one I/O Unit mounted directly to the left of the CPU.  
Units other than the Power Supply Unit, the CPU, and the I/O Control Unit (see  
below) can be mounted to any of the other slots on the CPU Rack.  
I/O Unit  
As you can see from the figure, there is still some space available to the left of the  
I/O Unit. This space is for any additional Units that may be required.  
The figure above shows a total of ten I/O Units mounted to the Backplane. These  
I/O Units could be replaced by other Units, such as Special I/O Units, CPU Bus  
Units, etc. I/O Units come in five shapes; A-, B-, C-, D- and E-shape (refer to Ap-  
pendix B Specifications) each of which can be mounted to any of the ten slots.  
The Backplane, Power Supply Unit, CPU, and other Units are collectively called  
a CPU Rack.  
41  
Assembly  
Section 3-1  
If we want to include more than ten Units in our configuration, we can add an  
additional Rack by mounting an I/O Control Unit to the leftmost slot of the CPU  
Rack.  
I/O Control Unit  
Now we can use a cable to connect the CPU Rack to another Rack. This Rack  
has a Power Supply Unit and I/O Units mounted to it, but it has no CPU of its own.  
The additional Rack must also have an I/O Interface Unit mounted to its leftmost  
slot to allow communications between the additional Rack and the CPU Rack.  
The Backplane, Power Supply Unit, I/O Interface Unit, and other Units are col  
-
lective called an Expansion I/O Rack or an Expansion CPU Rack. The differ-  
ences between the various types of Rack and the types of Systems they can be  
used in are described in earlier sections of this manual. A CPU Rack connected  
to a single Expansion I/O Rack is shown below.  
CPU Rack  
Expansion I/O Rack  
I/O Interface Unit  
The CPU Rack and Expansion I/O Rack shown above are connected by a cable  
via the I/O Control Unit and I/O Interface Unit. It is possible to keep adding Ex  
pansion I/O Racks in this way until the maximum number of I/O points for the  
system is reached. Each Expansion I/O Rack requires an I/O Interface Unit, al  
-
-
though a single Expansion I/O Rack can be connected by directly connecting the  
CPU and Expansion I/O Backplanes, as described in an earlier section.  
42  
Assembly  
Section 3-1  
3-1-2 Memory Card and Expansion Data Memory Unit  
Extra memory is available in two forms, via the use of Memory Cards or by using  
an Expansion Data Memory Unit. This section outlines the procedure for mount  
-
ing and removing these optional memory devices.  
Memory Cards  
The Memory Card can be used to store data and programs as files. Memory  
Cards are optional and are not supplied with the CPU. They must be ordered  
separately and installed by the user  
Mounting a Memory Card  
Mount a Memory Card to the CPU using the following procedure.  
1. Open the cover of the Memory Card compartment.  
1, 2, 3...  
2. If the Memory Card is RAM or EEPROM, set the write-protect switch to OFF  
so that data can be written to the Card.  
3. Insert the Memory Card into its compartment. In doing so, a slight resistance  
will be felt as the connector on the Memory Card mates with the connector  
on the CPU. Continue pushing until the Memory Card is inserted completely  
into the CPU. If the Memory Card ON/OFF switch is ON, the Memory Card  
indicator will light.  
4. Close the cover.  
Memory Card indicator  
Memory Card  
ON/OFF switch  
Memory Card  
eject button  
Memory Card  
Cover  
Removing a Memory Card  
1, 2, 3...  
1. Open the cover of the Memory Card compartment.  
2. Press the Memory Card ON/OFF switch once if the Memory Card indicator  
is lit. The Memory Card indicator will turn OFF.  
3. Press the Memory Card eject button. The Memory Card will be released al  
-
lowing it to be removed.  
4. Pull out the Memory Card.  
5. Close the cover.  
Note 1. Do not expose the Memory Card to high temperature, humidity, or direct  
sunlight.  
2. Do not bend the Card or subject it to shock.  
3. Do not apply excess force to the Card when inserting or removing it.  
4. Do not remove the Card while the Memory Card indicator is lit; doing so may  
result in data errors in the memory.  
43  
Assembly  
Section 3-1  
Expansion Data Memory Unit  
Mounting the Expansion  
Data Memory Unit  
Mount the Expansion Data Memory Unit to the CV1000 CPU using the following  
procedure.  
1, 2, 3...  
1. Turn OFF the power to the PC.  
Caution Do not attempt to mount or remove the Memory Unit while the power to the PC is  
ON. During mounting or removal, exercise care that you do not directly touch the  
memory elements or connector pins of the Unit. Hold the Unit by the lever.  
!
2. Remove the Expansion Data Memory Unit cover on the front panel of the  
CPU by pushing the lever on the cover upwards, as indicated by the arrow  
on the cover.  
Bracket screw  
Bracket  
3. Loosen the bracket screw and remove the bracket.  
Expansion Data Memory Unit  
Pullout lever  
PCB guides  
4. Hold the Expansion Data Memory Unit with the component side to the right,  
and insert the Unit into the PCB guides. In doing so, a slight resistance will  
be felt as the connector on the Memory Unit mates with the connector on the  
CPU. Continue pushing until the Memory Unit is inserted completely into the  
CPU.  
44  
Installation Environment  
Section 3-2  
5. Re-attach the bracket  
Insert the bottom part of the  
bracket into the groove of the  
case and then press the  
bracket into place and tighten  
the bracket screw.  
Bracket  
6. Attach the cover to the compartment.  
When the Expansion Data Memory Unit is mounted to the CPU, the Expansion  
Data Memory Unit is backed up by the battery in the CPU.  
When the Unit has been removed from the CPU, the memory contents will be  
retained for about 10 minutes by a backup capacitor built-in to the Unit, provided  
that CPU power was ON and that the Unit was mounted in the CPU for at least 1  
minute.  
When removing the Expansion Data Memory Unit, be sure to turn ON the power  
to the PC for more than 1 minute and then turn it OFF. At that time the capacitor  
will be fully charged allowing it to be backed up for 10 minutes. The retention  
period will be shorter if Memory Unit has been mounted (to the CPU) for less  
than 1 minute.  
3-2 Installation Environment  
This section details the necessary environmental conditions for installing the  
PC.  
Caution Static electricity can damage PC components. Your body can carry an electro  
-
!
static charge, especially when the humidity is low. Before touching the PC, be  
sure to first touch a grounded metallic object, such as a metal water pipe, in order  
to discharge any static build-up.  
Ambient Conditions  
Do not install the PC in any of the following locations. Doing so will affect PC life  
and may affect operating performance.  
Locations subject to ambient temperatures lower than 0°C or higher than  
55°C.  
Locations subject to drastic temperature changes or condensation.  
Locations subject to ambient humidity lower than 10% or higher than 90%.  
Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases.  
Locations subject to excessive dust (especially iron dust) or chloride.  
Locations that would subject the CPU to direct shock or vibration.  
Locations that would subject the PC to water, oil, or chemical reagents.  
Locations exposed to direct sunlight.  
Cooling  
There are two points to consider in order to ensure that the PC does not over-  
heat. The first is the clearance between the Racks, and the second is installation  
of a cooling fan.  
45  
Mounting Racks  
Section 3-3  
Clearance between Racks  
The Racks need to have sufficient room between each other to allow for I/O wir-  
ing, and additional room to ensure that the I/O wiring does not hamper cooling.  
The Racks must also be mounted so that the total length of the Connecting  
Cable between all Racks in a given series does not exceed 50 m. As a general  
rule, about 70 to 120 mm should be left between any two Racks. Consider fac  
-
tors such as the width of the wiring duct, wiring length, ventilation, and ease of  
access to Units, when determining the spacing between Racks. Greater space  
is required between Racks when using certain CPU Bus and Special I/O Units.  
Refer to the operation manuals for the Units you are using for details.  
Cooling Fan  
A cooling fan is not always necessary, but may be needed in some installations.  
Try to avoid mounting the PC in a warm area or over a source of heat. A cooling  
fan is needed if the ambient temperature may become higher than that speci-  
fied. If the PC is mounted in an enclosure, install a cooling fan, as shown in the  
following diagram, to maintain the ambient temperature within specifications.  
Fan  
PC  
Louver  
3-3 Mounting Racks  
Each Rack must be mounted vertically, that is, with the printing on the front pan  
-
els oriented as it would normally read. Racks may be directly mounted to any  
sturdy support meeting the environmental specifications.  
Whenever possible, use wiring conduit to hold the I/O wiring. Standard wiring  
conduit should be used, and it should be long enough to completely contain the  
I/O wiring and keep it separated from other cables.  
46  
Mounting Racks  
Section 3-3  
The duct work shown in the following diagram is not used for mounting the  
Racks. Although optional, this duct work can be used to house the wires from the  
I/O Units that run along the sides of the Racks, keeping the wires from becoming  
entangled. This figures illustrate the correct way to mount the Racks.  
Input duct  
Output duct  
Power duct  
200 mm min.  
CPU  
Rack  
Breakers,  
fuses  
Expansion  
I/O Rack  
Power equip  
-
ment such as  
transformers  
and magnetic  
relays  
Fuses, relays, timers  
(Do not install heat-gen  
erating equipment or  
power equipment.)  
Terminal  
blocks for  
PC  
T
erminal blocks for  
-
power equipment  
47  
Mounting Racks  
Section 3-3  
The following figure shows a side view of a mounted CPU and two Expansion I/O  
Racks. There should be a distance of 70 to 120 mm between the Racks. The  
total length of I/O cables connecting any one series of Expansion I/O Racks  
must be 50 m or less.  
CPU  
Duct  
I/O  
70 to 120 mm  
70 to 120 mm  
Duct  
I/O  
Approx. 100 mm  
Do not mount the PC in a control panel in which high-power equipment is in-  
stalled and make sure the point of installation is at least 200 mm away from pow  
-
er lines as shown in the following diagram. Ensure the plate to which the PC is  
mounted is grounded.  
Power lines  
200 mm min.  
PC  
200 mm min.  
48  
Mounting Racks  
Section 3-3  
When mounting the PC in a control panel, mount the Racks to an intermediate  
plate. Holes for mounting the Racks to the intermediate plate should be drilled at  
intervals shown in the following diagram. Completely ground the intermediate  
mounting plates. Use conductor-plated plates to improve noise immunity.  
L
Four, M5  
CPU Backplane  
CV500-BC101/051/031  
CVM1-BC103/053  
250  
1500.5  
170 to 220  
1500.5  
70 to 120  
Expansion CPU Backplane  
Expansion I/O Backplane  
CV500-BI111/112/062/042  
CVM1-BI114/064  
250  
Four, M5  
W
Model  
W
L0.5  
CV500-BC101/BI111/112  
CVM1-BC103/BI114  
480  
306  
236  
465  
CV500-BC051/BI062  
CVM1-BC053/BI064  
291  
221  
CV500-BC031/BI042  
3-3-1 Duct Work  
If power cables carrying more than 10 A at 400 V or 20 A at 220 V must be run  
parallel to I/O wiring, leave at least 300 mm between the power cables and the  
I/O wiring, as shown in the following diagram.  
Low current cables  
1
300 mm min.  
Control cables  
2
300 mm min.  
Power cables  
3
Grounding at resistance  
of less than 100 W  
1 = I/O wiring  
2 = General control wiring  
3 = Power cables  
49  
Power Supply Units  
Section 3-4  
If the I/O wiring and power cables must be placed in the same duct (for example,  
where they are connected to the equipment), shield them from each other using  
grounded metal plates. In addition, use shielded cables for the I/O signal lines to  
improve noise immunity. Also, connect the shielded cables to the ground ( ) ter  
-
minal of the PC.  
Metal plate (iron)  
200 mm min.  
1
2
3
Grounding at resistance  
of less than 100 W  
1 = I/O wiring  
2 = General control wiring  
3 = Power cables  
3-4 Power Supply Units  
Use a commercially available 100 to 120-VAC or 200 to 240-VAC power source  
to supply power to the AC Power Supply Unit; a 24-VDC power, for the DC Power  
Supply Unit. Expansion I/O Racks and Expansion CPU Racks must also be con  
-
nected to a power source via a Power Supply Unit. If possible, use independent  
power sources for the Racks, input devices, and output devices.  
Supply power to the CPU Rack and Expansion CPU Rack from the same power  
source. If supplied by separate sources or if power is not supplied to the Expan  
-
sion CPU Rack, the CPU will not operate. It is also recommended that power to  
the Expansion I/O Racks be supplied from the same power source as the CPU  
and Expansion CPU Racks. In order to supply power to the Expansion I/O Racks  
from separate power sources, turn on the power to the Expansion I/O Racks be  
-
fore turning on power to the CPU Rack.  
Supply power to the various parts of the system (power equipment, controls, PC  
system, and DC I/O, etc.) via separate power supplies.  
50  
Power Supply Units  
Section 3-4  
3-4-1 Wiring the Power Source  
The following diagrams show the proper way to connect the power source to the  
Power Supply Unit. The terminals marked “NC” are not connected internally.  
AC Power Supply Units: CV500-PS221/CVM1-PA208  
Screw (3.5 mm head with  
self-raising pressure plate)  
AC power source  
Supply 100 to 120 or  
200 to 240 VAC  
Keep voltage fluc  
Breaker  
1:1 isolation  
transformer  
-
Power Line  
tuations within the spe  
-
Isolation transformer  
Noise between the PC  
and ground can be signif  
icantly reduced by con  
cified range (refer to  
Appendix B Specifica  
Use AWG 14  
twisted-pair cable  
(cross-sectional  
-
tions)  
-
2
-
area: 2 mm min.  
necting a 1-to-1 isolation  
transformer. Do not  
ground the secondary  
coil of the transformer  
.
Use round crimp terminals for wiring. Do not connect bare stranded wires direct  
-
ly to terminal blocks. Use M3.5 screws for tightening crimp terminals.  
7
mm max.  
Caution Tighten the screws on the terminal block of the AC Power Supply Unit to a torque  
!
of 0.8 N  
tion.  
S
m. The loose screws may result in short-circuit, burning, or malfunc-  
20 mm max.  
M3.5 screw  
Tightening torque: 0.8 N S m  
WARNING Do not allow your hands or any other part of your body, or any object in contact  
with your body, to come into contact with the AC power supply section after  
power has been turned on. Contact with the power supply section will result in a  
dangerous or fatal electrical shock.  
!
51  
Power Supply Units  
Section 3-4  
Caution Abide by the following precautions when wiring the Power Supply Units. Failure  
!
to abide by these precautions my cause faulty operation or damage to the Unit.  
Be sure that no wire clippings or other foreign materials enter the Units when  
wiring.  
Provide circuit breakers and other protective devices to protect the system  
again external short circuits.  
Check and recheck all wiring before supplying power to the system.  
After wiring the terminals check the terminal block to be sure it is firmly locked  
in place.  
Power Requirements  
A
CV-series PC consumes up to 200 VA per Rack. Power consumption varies  
with the system configuration (refer to 3-4-6 Current Consumption). When pow  
-
er is applied, a surge current five times the steady-state current will flow to the  
PC.  
DC Power Supply Units: CV500-PS211  
Screw (3.5 mm head with  
self-raising pressure plate)  
Breaker  
+
DC power source  
Supply 24 VDC  
Keep voltage fluctuations  
within the specified range  
(refer to Appendix B Specifi  
cations)  
Power Line  
-
Use AWG 14  
twisted-pair cable  
(cross-sectional area: 2  
2
mm min.)  
Do not reverse polar-  
ity.  
Power Requirements  
A
CV-series PC can consume up to 100 W of power per Rack. Power consump  
-
-
tion varies depending on the system configuration (refer to 3-4-6 Current Con  
sumption). When power is applied, a surge current several times the  
steady-state current will flow to the PC.  
Internal Fuse  
Do not turn on power to the DV Power Supply Unit while the 5-V output terminals  
are closed. If power is supplied when the 5-V output terminals are closed, the  
internal fuse may blow.  
52  
Power Supply Units  
Section 3-4  
Surge Current  
The surge current for the DC Power Supply Unit under maximum load conditions  
is shown below. Consider the surge current characteristics when selecting the  
power source, switches, breakers, etc.  
Electric  
current  
(A)  
Time (ms)  
Input: 24 VDC; load: 12 A at 5 V (maximum load); ambient temp.: 25°C.  
Use crimp terminals for wiring. Do not connect bare stranded wires directly to  
terminal blocks. Use M3.5 screws for tightening crimp terminals.  
7 mm max.  
7 mm max.  
Tighten the screws on the terminal block to a torque of 0.8 N S m.  
20 mm max.  
M3.5 screw  
Tightening torque: 0.8 N S m  
Caution Abide by the following precautions when wiring the Power Supply Units. Failure  
!
to abide by these precautions my cause faulty operation or damage to the Unit.  
Be sure that no wire clippings or other foreign materials enter the Units when  
wiring.  
Provide circuit breakers and other protective devices to protect the system  
again external short circuits.  
Check and recheck all wiring before supplying power to the system.  
After wiring the terminals check the terminal block to be sure it is firmly locked  
in place.  
3-4-2 Grounding  
The line ground (LG: ) terminal of the Power Supply Unit is a noise-filtered  
neutral terminal. Short the line ground terminal to the ground (GR: ) terminal to  
improve noise resistance.  
To avoid electrical shock, attach a grounded AWG 14 wire (cross-sectional area  
2
of 2 mm ) to the ground terminal. The ground resistance must be 100  
W or less  
and must be checked periodically to be sure that environmental conditions have  
not deteriorated ground capacity. Do not use a wire longer than 20 m.  
53  
Power Supply Units  
Section 3-4  
PC operation may be adversely affected if the ground wire is shared with other  
equipment or if the ground wire is attached to the metal structure of a building.  
When using Expansion I/O Racks, the Racks must also be grounded to the  
ground terminal. The same ground can be used for all Racks.  
Screw (3.5 mm head with  
self-raising pressure plate)  
2
For grounding use 2 mm cable.  
Be sure to keep the length of the  
cable less than 20 meters.  
Use crimp terminals for wiring. Do not connect bare stranded wires directly to  
terminal blocks. Use M3.5 screws for tightening crimp terminals.  
7 mm max.  
7 mm max.  
Tighten the screws on the terminal block to a torque of 0.8 N S m.  
20 mm max.  
M3.5 screw  
Tightening torque: 0.8 N S m  
WARNING Always attach crimp terminals to the ground lines to ensure proper connection.  
!
Connecting loose wires can cause fires.  
Caution Ground the Power Supply Units separately from other devices.  
!
After wiring the terminals check the terminal block to be sure it is firmly locked  
in place.  
Note If you suspect that grounding is the cause of operational errors, either discon-  
nect the line ground and ground terminals and either ground the mounting plate  
or try operating with no ground at all.  
54  
Power Supply Units  
Section 3-4  
3-4-3 Wiring Other Terminals  
The Power Supply Units provide a START input and a RUN output. These termi  
-
nals can be used to help control system operation.  
Power supply  
START input (CPU Racks only)  
24 V,10 mA  
To system con  
trol circuits  
-
RUN output (all Racks)  
Maximum Switching Capacity:  
250 VAC: 2 A (resistive load, cosf = 1)  
Emergency  
stop circuit  
250 VAC: 0.5 A (inductive load, cos  
24 VDC: 2 A  
f = 0.4)  
Note 1. Use reinforced insulation or double insulation on the DC power supply con  
nected to CV500-PS211 Power Supply Unit when complying with EC direc  
tives (low voltage).  
-
-
2. The maximum switching capacity of the CV500-PS211 Power Supply Unit is  
A at 24 VDC when complying with EC Directives (low-voltage directives).  
2
START Input  
The START input terminals are short-circuited at the factory with a short bar. The  
short bar can be removed and the terminals wired to a 10-mA, 24-VDC external  
input to control PC operation. When these terminals are open, PC operation will  
stop.  
RUN Output  
The RUN output terminals will be ON (closed) when the PC is operating in RUN  
or MONITOR mode. These terminals can thus be wired to provide an external  
signal indicating the operating status of the PC, such as is used in the emergen  
-
cy stop circuit in the next section.  
55  
Power Supply Units  
Section 3-4  
Use round crimp terminals for wiring. Do not connect bare stranded wires direct  
-
ly to terminal blocks. Use M3.5 screws for tightening crimp terminals.  
7
mm max.  
Caution Tighten the screws on the terminal block of the AC Power Supply Unit to a torque  
!
of 0.8 N  
tion.  
S
m. The loose screws may result in short-circuit, burning, or malfunc-  
20 mm max.  
M3.5 screw  
Tightening torque: 0.8 N S m  
WARNING Always attach crimp terminals to the wires to ensure proper connection.  
!
Connecting loose wires can cause fires.  
Caution Abide by the following precautions when wiring the Power Supply Units. Failure  
!
to abide by these precautions my cause faulty operation or damage to the Unit.  
Be sure that no wire clippings or other foreign materials enter the Units when  
wiring.  
Check and recheck all wiring before supplying power to the system.  
Note The RUN output on Slave Racks will go OFF when a remote I/O error occurs.  
56  
Power Supply Units  
Section 3-4  
3-4-4 Emergency Stop  
You can use an external relay (CR in the following figure) to form an emergency  
stop circuit that shuts down the system when PC operation stops. This can be  
achieved by wiring the RUN output from the Power Supply Unit on the CPU Rack  
as shown below.  
MCB1  
Power supply  
MCB2  
CR1  
Control section  
Transformer  
or noise filter  
PC  
Twisted-pair wires  
+
DC voltage  
regulator  
DC  
input/output  
PC RUN  
output  
CR1  
Surge suppressor  
3-4-5 Power Interruptions  
A
sequence circuit is built into the PC to handle power interruptions. This circuit  
prevents malfunctions due to momentary power loss or voltage drops. A timing  
diagram for the operation of this circuit is shown below.  
Power interruption  
85%  
Power supply  
power interruption detection time: 10 to 25 ms*  
Power interrup  
tion detection  
signal  
-
Momentary power inter  
-
Initialization  
Shutdown processing  
ruption time (default: 0 ms)  
Normal  
Normal  
Program execution  
Power OFF  
interrupt program  
Power-ON  
interrupt program  
Stops  
Standby  
Momentary Power  
Interruption Flag  
(A40202)  
Power retention time: 10 ms (fixed)  
CPU reset signal  
RUN output  
*
0.3 to 1 ms for DC power.  
57  
Power Supply Units  
Section 3-4  
The PC ignores all momentary power interruptions if the interruption lasts no  
longer than 10 ms. If the interruption lasts between 10 and 25 ms, the interrup  
-
tion may or may not be detected. If the supply voltage drops below 85% of the  
rated voltage for longer than 25 ms (less for the DC Power Supply Unit), a power  
interruption detection signal is output and program execution is halted.  
If power is not restored within 10 ms (the power retention time) after the power  
interruption detection signal is output, the PC stops operating and all outputs are  
turned OFF.  
If after power interruption detection, power is restored within a period defined as  
the momentary power interruption time (default value: 0 ms), the CPU will re-  
sume operation. If the momentary power interruption time elapses and power  
has not been restored, the CPU will begin execution of the power OFF interrupt  
program if one has been programmed. The CPU stops operating after the lapse  
of the power retention time (10 ms).  
Note The momentary power interruption time can be set to between 0 and 10 ms. For  
details, refer to the CVSS Operation Manuals.  
Caution If a C500 Expansion I/O Rack is connected to the PC, the momentary power in  
-
!
terruption time setting is not effective and a power interruption of any length will  
trigger shut down processing.  
Automatic Recovery  
Operation is resumed automatically when the voltage is restored to more than  
85% of the rated value.  
3-4-6 Current Consumption  
The Power Supply Units are limited in the total current they can supply to Units  
on the Racks. The following table shows the maximum current available on a  
Rack for either model of Power Supply Unit. The available current shown in the  
table is in addition to the current consumed by the Backplane, Power Supply  
Unit, CPU, I/O Control Unit, I/O Interface Unit, and Peripheral Devices.  
Rack  
CV500-PS221/211  
CVM1-PA208  
5.8 A max.  
CPU Rack  
CV500 or  
9.8 A max.  
CVM1-CPU01-EV2  
CV1000, CV2000,  
CVM1-CPU11-EV2,  
or  
9.4 A max.  
5.4 A max.  
CVM1-CPU21-EV2  
Expansion CPU Rack  
Expansion I/O Rack  
11 A max.  
11 A max.  
7 A max.  
7 A max.  
Calculate the current requirements for the Units on each Rack by adding up the  
current consumption of each Unit mounted, excluding the Power Supply Unit,  
CPU, I/O Control Unit, I/O Interface Unit, Remote I/O Slave Units, and Peripher  
-
al Devices (the power requirements for these Units have already been allowed  
for). The total must not exceed the limit given above for the Rack.  
The current consumption for the Expansion I/O Rack does not include the cur  
-
rent consumed by peripheral devices. The current consumed by peripheral  
devices attached to the Expansion I/O Rack must be included when calculating  
the total current consumption.  
58  
Power Supply Units  
Section 3-4  
Input Units  
Units  
DC Input  
Model  
3G2A5-ID112  
3G2A5-ID114  
3G2A5-ID213  
3G2A5-ID215  
3G2A5-ID218  
C500-ID218CN  
3G2A5-ID212  
3G2A5-ID219  
3G2A5-ID216  
3G2A5-IA121  
3G2A5-IA222  
C500-IA223  
Consumption (A)  
0.01  
0.34  
0.02  
0.16  
0.26  
0.2  
0.3  
0.34  
0.2  
Interrupt Input Unit  
AC Input  
0.18  
0.18  
0.18  
0.18  
0.2  
3G2A5-IA122  
C500-ID501CN  
3G2A5-IM211  
3G2A5-IM212  
TTL Input  
AC/DC Input  
0.01  
0.2  
Output Units  
Units  
Model  
3G2A5-OC221  
Consumption (A)  
Contact Output  
0.1  
3G2A5-OC223  
3G2A5-OC224  
3G2A5-OD411  
3G2A5-OD215  
3G2A5-OD412  
C500-OD414  
0.1  
0.2  
Transistor Output  
0.16  
0.2  
0.23  
0.23  
0.23  
0.3  
3G2A5-OD212  
3G2A5-OD211  
3G2A5-OD213  
C500-OD217  
0.46  
0.16  
0.23  
0.16  
0.23  
0.3  
C500-OD218  
C500-OD219  
C500-OD415CN  
3G2A5-OA121  
3G2A5-OA222  
3G2A5-OA223  
C500-OA225  
Triac Output  
0.3  
0.45  
0.2  
C500-OA226  
0.45  
0.25  
0.26  
0.035  
TTL Output  
C500-OD501CN  
C500-MD211CN  
3G2A5-DUM01  
DC Input/Transistor Output  
Dummy I/O  
59  
Power Supply Units  
Section 3-4  
Special I/O Units  
Unit  
Analog Input  
Model  
3G2A5-AD001 to- AD005  
3G2A5-AD006/007  
C500-AD101  
Consumption (A)  
0.3  
0.75  
0.88  
1.2  
C500-AD501  
Analog Output  
3G2A5-DA001 to -DA005  
C500-DA101  
0.55  
1.3  
High-speed Counter  
3G2A5-CT001  
3G2A5-CT012  
C500-CT021  
0.3  
0.55  
0.35  
1.0  
C500-CT041  
Magnetic Card Reader  
PID  
3G2A5-MGC01-E  
3G2A5-PID01-E  
3G2A5-NC103-E  
3G2A5-TU001  
3G2A5-NC111-EV1  
3G2A5-TU001  
3G2A5-NC121-E  
3G2A5-TU001  
C500-NC222-E  
3G2A5-TU002  
C500-CP131  
1.0  
1.4  
Position Control  
T
otal 1.4  
otal 1.0  
otal 1.7  
T
T
Total 1.3  
Cam Positioner  
Voice  
0.8  
0.35  
0.5  
0.4  
0.8  
C500-OV001  
ASCII  
C500-ASC04  
ID Sensor  
C500-IDSjj  
Ladder Program I/O  
3G2A5-LDP01-V1  
Link Units  
Unit  
Model  
Current Consumption (A)  
SYSMAC NET Link CV500-SNT31  
0.9  
0.5  
0.5  
SYSMAC LINK  
CV500-SLK11/22  
SYSMAC BUS/2  
CV500-RM211/221  
Remote I/O Master  
CompoBus/D  
Master Unit  
CVM1-DRM21  
0.25  
Host Link Unit  
Ethernet Unit  
BASIC  
CV500-LK201  
0.6  
1.7  
0.5  
CV500-ETN01  
CV500-BSC11/21  
CV500-BSC51/61  
CV500-BSC31/41  
0.3  
2.3  
Personal Computer CV500-VPjjj-E  
Unit  
Temperature  
Controller Data Link  
Unit  
CV500-TDL21  
0.5  
Remote I/O Master  
3G2A5-RM001-(P)EV1  
C500-RM201  
0.7  
0.3  
0.6  
I/O Link  
3G2A5-LK010-(P)E  
60  
Wiring I/O Units  
Section 3-5  
3-5 Wiring I/O Units  
Connect the I/O Devices to the I/O Units using AWG 22 lead wire (cross-section  
-
2
al area: 0.3 mm ) for 19-terminal terminal blocks and AWG 22 to 18 lead wire  
2
(cross-sectional area: 0.3 to 0.75 mm ) for 10-terminal terminal blocks. The ter  
-
minals have screws with 3.5-mm diameter heads and self-raising pressure  
plates. Connect the lead wires to the terminals as shown. Tighten the screws to a  
torque of 0.8 N S m.  
A
M3.5 screw  
Terminal block  
A
20-terminal  
Terminal block  
25 mm max.  
Tightening torque: 0.8 N S m  
38-terminal  
Terminal block  
16.5 mm max.  
Use crimp terminals for wiring. Do not connect bare stranded wires directly to  
terminal blocks. Use M3.5 screws for tightening crimp terminals.  
7 mm max.  
7 mm max.  
WARNING Always attach crimp terminals to the wires to ensure proper connection.  
!
Connecting loose wires can cause fires.  
Caution Abide by the following precautions when wiring the I/O Units. Failure to abide by  
!
these precautions my cause faulty operation or damage to the Unit.  
Be sure that no wire clippings or other foreign materials enter the Units when  
wiring.  
Check and recheck all wiring before supplying power to the system.  
Check and recheck terminal block before mounting them to the Unit.  
Note 1. Putting I/O lines and high-tension lines or power lines in the same duct or  
conduit may cause the I/O lines to be affected by noise. This may cause a  
malfunction in the Unit or may damage the Unit or I/O devices.  
2. Use reinforced insulation or double insulation on the DC power supply con  
-
nected to DC I/O Units when complying with EC directives (low voltage).  
3. Use separate power supplies for Relay Output Units and DC I/O Units when  
complying with EC directives (low voltage).  
61  
Wiring I/O Units  
Section 3-5  
3-5-1 Terminal Blocks  
The terminal block of an I/O Unit can be removed by loosening the mounting  
screws.  
You do not have to remove the lead wires from the terminal block in or-  
der to remove the block from an I/O Unit.  
Terminal block mounting screws  
Loosen the terminal block mounting screws to remove  
the terminal block from the I/O Unit. Make sure the  
mounting screws on the terminal block are tightened af  
-
ter wiring is complete and the terminal block is re-  
mounted to the I/O Unit.  
3-5-2 Wiring Precautions  
General  
Electrical Noise  
Take appropriate measures when any electrical device likely to produce noise is  
connected to the PC as a load. Devices generating noise of more than 1,200 V  
(such as electromagnetic relays and valves) require noise suppression. For  
noise sources running on DC power, connect a diode in parallel with the coil of  
each device.  
When mounting a CPU Rack and an Expansion I/O Rack together on a mounting  
plate, provide a ground to the mounting plate. The mounting plate must be plated  
with a highly conductive surface in order to ensure noise immunity.  
62  
Wiring I/O Units  
Section 3-5  
Inductive Load Surge  
Suppressor  
When an inductive load is connected to an I/O Unit, connect a surge suppressor  
or diode in parallel with the load, as shown in the following diagram. The diode  
will adsorb the back electromagnetic field generated by the load.  
IN  
L
Diode  
DC input  
COM  
L
OUT  
Relay Output Unit  
riac Output Unit  
Surge suppressor  
COM  
T
L
OUT  
+
Relay Output Unit  
ransistor Output Unit  
Diode  
T
COM  
where for the surge suppressor  
,
Resistor: 50  
W
Capacitor:0.47 F  
Voltage: 200 V  
and the diode,  
Breakdown voltage: at least 3 times load voltage  
Mean rectification current: 1 A  
Input Units  
Voltage Inputs  
Do not wire voltage inputs as shown on the left below.  
V
oltage output  
V
oltage output  
Sensor  
power  
supply  
+
COM (+)  
+
IN DC input  
Output  
Output  
0 V  
IN DC input  
COM (–)  
Sensor  
power  
supply  
0
V
Incorrect  
Correct  
Input Leakage Current  
When two-wire sensors, such as photoelectric sensors, proximity sensors or  
limit switches with indicators are connected to the PC as input devices, the input  
bit may be turned ON erroneously by leakage current. In order to prevent this,  
connect a bleeder resistor across the input to reduce the input impedance.  
Input  
power  
supply  
Bleeder  
PC  
R
resistor  
Sensor  
63  
Wiring I/O Units  
Section 3-5  
If the leakage current is less than 1.3 mA, there should be no problem. If the leak  
age current is greater than 1.3 mA, determine the value and rating for the bleed  
er resistor using the following formulas.  
-
-
I = leakage current in mA  
7.2  
kW max.  
R =  
2.4 x I - 3  
2.3  
W =  
W min.  
R
where  
I = leakage current in mA  
R = Bleeder resistance (kW)  
W = Bleeder resistor wattage (W)  
Output Units  
Output Short Protection  
Output devices and Output Units can be damaged if the load connected to an  
output terminal is shorted. Attach a fuse to the output circuit to protect your sys  
-
tem. A fuse is recommended even if the Output Unit is provided with an internal  
fuse (e.g., Transistor and Triac Output Units), to increase easy of maintenance  
and provide extra protection.  
Interlock Circuits  
When the PC controls an operation such as the clockwise and counterclockwise  
operation of a motor, provide an external interlock such as the one shown below  
to prevent both the forward and reverse outputs from turning ON at the same  
time.  
Interlock circuit  
MC2  
00501  
Motor clockwise  
MC1  
MC2  
PC  
MC1  
00502  
Motor counterclockwise  
This circuit prevents outputs MC1 and MC2 from both being ON at the same  
time. Even if the PC is programmed improperly or malfunctions, the motor is pro  
-
tected.  
Output Leakage Current  
If a transistor or triac Output Unit is used to drive a low voltage load, the leakage  
current may prevent the output device from turning OFF. To prevent this, con-  
nect a bleeder resistor in parallel with the load as shown in the following table.  
OUT  
L
R
Load power supply  
PC  
Bleeder resistor  
COM  
Select the bleeder resistor using the following formula.  
E
ON  
R
I
where  
I = leakage current in mA  
R = Bleeder resistance (kW)  
Eon = ON voltage of the load  
64  
Wiring I/O Units  
Section 3-5  
Output Surge Current  
When connecting a Transistor or Triac Output Unit to an output device having a  
high surge current (such as an incandescent lamp), care must be taken to avoid  
damage to the Output Unit. The Transistor and Triac Output Units are capable of  
withstanding a surge current of ten times the rated current. If the surge current  
for a particular device exceeds this amount, use one of the following circuit con  
-
figurations to protect the Output Unit.  
OUT  
L
+
R
COM  
The above circuit protects the Output Unit by letting the load draw a small current  
(about one third the rated current) while the output is OFF, significantly reducing  
the surge current. The following circuit reduces the surge current by employing a  
current-limiting resistor.  
R
OUT  
L
+
COM  
Transistor Output Residual  
Voltage  
A Transistor Output Unit’s output cannot be directly connected to a TTL input  
because of the transistor’s residual voltage. When connecting TTL circuits to  
transistor Output Units, connect a pull-up resistor and a CMOS IC between the  
two.  
3-5-3 Wiring Examples  
The following examples illustrate how to connect I/O devices to I/O Units. During  
wiring, work slowly and carefully. If an input device is connected to an Output  
Unit, damage may result. Check all I/O devices to make sure they meet the spec  
ifications (refer to Appendix B Specifications). Be sure to allow for leakage cur  
rents and load inductance.  
-
-
Input Units  
DC Input Units  
Contact output  
IN  
DC input  
COM  
65  
Compliance with EC Directives  
Section 3-6  
Sensor Inputs  
When using the following configurations, the sensor and Input Unit should re-  
ceive their power from the same source.  
NPN current output  
+
Current  
regulator  
IN  
DC input  
Output  
7 mA  
0 V  
COM  
NPN open-collector output  
+
Sensor  
Power  
Supply  
IN  
DC input  
Output  
7 mA  
0 V  
COM  
PNP current output  
+
Sensor  
Power  
Supply  
Output  
IN  
AC/DC input  
7 mA  
0 V  
COM  
AC Inputs  
Contact output  
IN  
AC input  
COM  
AC Switching  
IN  
AC input  
Prox.  
switch  
main  
circuit  
COM  
3-6 Compliance with EC Directives  
The following precautions must be abided by when installing CV-series PCs to  
meet EC Directives.  
1, 2, 3...  
1. CV-series PCs are classified as open-structure devices and must be  
installed inside a control panel.  
2. Use reinforced insulation or double insulation on the DC power supply con  
-
nected to CV500-PS211 Power Supply Unit and DC I/O Units.  
3. Use separate power supplies for Relay Output Units and DC I/O Units.  
66  
Compliance with EC Directives  
Section 3-6  
4. The maximum switching capacity of the CV500-PS211 Power Supply Unit is  
2
A at 24 VDC when complying with EC Directives (low-voltage directives).  
5. CV-series PCs that meet EC Directives meet the common emission stan-  
dard (EN50081-2) of the EMC Directives as individual products. When as  
-
sembled into machinery, however, the noise generated by switching relay  
outputs can fail to meet the standard. When noise is excessive, surge killers  
must be installed or other measures must be taken outside of the PC. The  
measures required to meet the standard will vary with the load being driven,  
wiring, the configuration of the machinery, etc.  
The following examples show means of reducing noise. These means will  
only reduce the amount of noise and will not eliminate noise. They are pro  
-
vided here as examples only.  
Requirement  
The following conditions can be used to determine if measures to reduce noise  
are necessary. Refer to the EN50081-2 Standard for details.  
If the loads of the devices into which the PC is built are switched less than 5  
times a minute, then no measures need to be taken.  
If the loads of the devices into which the PC is built are switched 5 times or  
more a minute, then measures need to be taken.  
Examples  
Inductive Load Surge  
Suppressor  
Connect a surge suppressor or diode in parallel with the load, as shown in the  
following diagrams, when switching inductive loads.  
CR Method (AC or DC)  
The reset time will be increased if the load is a relay, solenoid, or similar device.  
Connect the CR between the load connections for 24-V and 48-V power supply  
voltages and between the contact connections for 100 to 200-V power supply  
voltages.  
The capacitor and resistors can be based on the following guidelines.  
C:  
R:  
0.5 to 1 µF for each amp of contact current  
0.5 to 1 for each volt of contact voltage.  
You will need to adjust the above values depending on the characteristics of the  
load, relay, etc., based on the discharge suppression of the capacitor when the  
contacts are open and the current control effect of the resistor the next time the  
circuit is closed.  
The dielectric strength of the capacitor generally needs to be between 200 and  
300 V. Use an AC capacitor (without polarity) in an AC circuit.  
Inductive load  
C
R
Power supply  
Diode Method (DC Only)  
The energy stored in the coil is impressed on the coil as a current by the action of  
the parallel diode and converted to Joule heat by the resistance of the inductive  
load. Here, the reset time will be increased even more than for the CR method.  
67  
Compliance with EC Directives  
Section 3-6  
The reverse dielectric strength of the diode must be 10 times the circuit voltage  
and the forward current must be at least as high as that of the load. If the circuit  
voltage is low enough, as it is for most electronic circuits, then the reverse dielec  
-
tric strength of the diode can be as low as 2 to 3 times the circuit voltage.  
Inductive load  
Power supply  
Varistor (AC or DC)  
The method uses the fixed voltage characteristics of a varistor to prevent high  
voltages from being applied to the contacts. Here, as well, the reset time will be  
increase somewhat.  
Connect the varistor between the load connections for 24-V and 48-V power  
supply voltages and between the contact connections for 100 to 200-V power  
supply voltages.  
Inductive load  
Power supply  
Output Surge Current  
When connecting an output device having a high surge current (such as an in-  
candescent lamp), use one of the following circuit configurations to protect the  
Output Unit.  
The following circuit lets the load draw a small current (about one third the rated  
current) while the output is OFF, significantly reducing the surge current.  
OUT  
L
+
R
COM  
The following circuit reduces the surge current by employing a current-limiting  
resistor.  
R
OUT  
L
+
COM  
68  
SECTION 4  
Inspection and Maintenance  
This section describes the procedures necessary for periodic inspection and maintenance. Always keep spare items on hand so  
that they can be used as immediate replacements.  
4-1 CPU Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
4-2 Memory Card Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
4-3 Output Unit Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
4-4 Output Unit Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
69  
CPU Battery  
Section 4-1  
4-1 CPU Battery  
When the battery is nearly discharged, the ALARM indicator will blink, bit  
A42615 will turn ON, and the message “BATT LOW” will appear on the Program  
-
ming Device. When this occurs, replace the battery within one week to avoid loss  
of data. The battery and connector are provided as a set. To replace the Battery  
Set, follow the steps below. The entire replacement must be completed within  
five minutes to ensure that the data will not be lost.  
Caution Do not short circuit, charge, disassemble, or expose the battery to heat. The bat  
-
tery fluid is flammable and if mishandled, may cause a fire or explosion. Do not  
incinerate the battery after use.  
!
The expected life of the battery is 5 years for any CPU. The memory backup  
times are given in the following table.  
Model  
Backup time without power supplied  
Guaranteed value  
Effective value  
CV500 or CVM1-CPU01-EV2  
9,000 hours  
(approx. 1 year)  
43,000 hours  
(approx. 5 years)  
CV1000/CV2000/CVM1-CPU21-EV2  
without Expansion DM or  
CVM1-CPU11-EV2  
5,600 hours  
(approx. 0.6 year)  
CV1000/CV2000/CVM1-CPU21-EV2  
with Expansion DM  
2,900 hours  
(approx. 0.3 year)  
Guaranteed value:  
Effective value:  
Memory backup time without power supplied at 55°C.  
Memory backup time without power supplied at 25°C.  
Battery Replacement  
1, 2, 3...  
1. Turn on power to the PC for at least one minute.  
2. Turn off power to the PC. (Although the battery can be replaced while power  
is being applied to the PC, it is not recommended, as short-circuiting is likely  
to occur.)  
3. Remove the cover from the battery compartment.  
4. Remove the old Battery Set.  
5. Install the new Battery Set as shown below.  
Battery connector  
Battery holder  
Battery Set C500-BAT08  
6. Replace the cover of the battery compartment.  
7. When a Programming Console is mounted to the CPU after the battery has  
been replaced, “BATT LOW” will be displayed. This message can be  
cleared by pressing CLR, FUN, MONTR, or just turning the power to the PC  
OFF and ON again.  
70  
Memory Card Battery  
Section 4-2  
Note The maximum life of the battery is 5 years, regardless of whether power is  
supplied to the CPU. The memory backup duration when power is not supplied  
to the CPU varies with the ambient temperature, and also depends on whether  
the Expansion DM Unit is mounted to the CPU (CV1000 only).  
Details of the minimum lifetime of the battery are provided in Appendix B Specifi  
-
cations.  
4-2 Memory Card Battery  
The RAM Memory Card is provided with a backup memory battery.  
When the Memory Card is mounted to the CPU and the battery life is close to  
expiring, the CPU ALARM indicator will blink, bit A42616 will turn ON, and the  
message “BATT LOW” will appear on the Programming Device. When this oc  
-
curs, replace the battery within one week to avoid loss of data.  
The entire replacement must be completed within one minute to ensure that the  
data will not be lost.  
Caution Do not short circuit, charge, disassemble, or expose the battery to heat. The bat  
-
!
tery fluid is flammable and if mishandled, may cause a fire or explosion. Do not  
incinerate the battery after use.  
Battery Replacement  
Battery case  
Slot  
Caution Steps 4 through 7 of the following procedure must be completed within 1 minute.  
If the new battery is not inserted within one minute, the contents of memory will  
be lost.  
!
1, 2, 3...  
1. If the Memory Card (M/C) indicator is not lit, press the Memory Card power  
supply switch to turn on power to the Memory Card and leave it on for at least  
10 seconds.  
2. Press the Memory Card power supply switch to turn off the Memory Card  
indicator.  
3. Press the Memory Card eject button and remove the Memory Card.  
4. Release the battery case by inserting the tip of a pen (or similar object) in the  
slot on the side of the Memory Card as shown.  
5. Remove the old battery from the case.  
6. Install the new battery as shown, with the positive terminal to the top.  
Battery case  
Battery  
7. Insert the battery case back into the Memory Card. Be sure that the case is  
installed all the way in.  
71  
Output Unit Relays  
Section 4-4  
4-3 Output Unit Fuses  
The following Output Units have one fuse each as shown in the table.  
Output Unit  
Fuse specifications  
C500-OD411  
250 V, 5 A  
C500-OD217  
C500-OA223  
C500-OA121  
C500-OA222  
C500-OA226  
250 V, 5 A  
C500-OD219  
250 V, 10 A  
To replace a fuse in an Output Unit, perform the following steps.  
1. Turn off the power to the PC.  
1, 2, 3...  
2. Detach the terminal block from the Output Unit by removing the screws lo  
-
cated at the top and bottom of the terminal block.  
Mounting screws  
Located at the top and bottom.  
Terminal block mounting screws  
Located at the top and bottom of  
the terminal block.  
Cover mounting screws (8)  
3. Remove the screws that mount the Output Unit to the Backplane. Pulling the  
Unit toward you, remove the Output Unit from the Backplane.  
4. There are eight screws on each side of the Output Unit. Remove these  
screws to detach the case from the cover.  
5. Pull out the printed circuit board.  
6. Insert a new fuse.  
7. Reassemble the Unit.  
4-4 Output Unit Relays  
To replace a Relay in an Output Unit, take the following steps.  
1, 2, 3...  
1. Turn off the power to the PC.  
72  
Output Unit Relays  
Section 4-4  
2. Detach the terminal block from the Output Unit, by removing the screws lo  
-
cated at the top and bottom of the terminal block.  
Mounting screws  
Located at the top and bottom.  
Terminal block mounting screws  
Located at the top and bottom of the  
terminal block.  
Cover mounting screws (8)  
3. Remove the screws that mount the Output Unit to the Backplane. Pulling the  
Unit toward you, remove the Output Unit from the Backplane.  
4. There are eight screws on each side of the Output Unit. Remove these  
screws to detach the case from the cover.  
5. Pull out the printed circuit board.  
6. Use the Relay Puller to pull out the Relay. Insert a new Relay.  
7. Reassemble the Unit.  
Note To remove the relay, use the P6B-Y1 Relay Puller. Be sure to insert the relay in  
the socket in the correct direction. The relay cannot be inserted in the wrong di  
-
rection and if excessive force is applied to the relay, the pins of the relay may  
bend. The locations of relays on the PC boards are illustrated in the following  
figures.  
3G2A5-OC221/223  
Indicators  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
73  
Output Unit Relays  
Section 4-4  
3G2A5-OC224  
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
II (Wd n+1)  
7
8
0
9
I (Wd n)  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
8
74  
SECTION 5  
Troubleshooting  
This section describes the self-diagnosis functions of the PC and provides troubleshooting techniques and error corrections.  
5-1 Error Messages and Alarm Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
5-2 Troubleshooting Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
5-3 Error Processing and Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
75  
Error Messages and Alarm Outputs  
Section 5-1  
5-1 Error Messages and Alarm Outputs  
When an error occurs after operation has once started, an error code is set in  
Word A400. If two or more errors occur simultaneously, the error code having the  
highest priority is set. In the following table, the error having the highest priority is  
shown at the top of each column.  
The status of indicators for which status is not show does not affect the error con  
-
dition.  
Startup Errors  
Item  
Cause  
CPU indicators  
Peripheral  
Device error  
message  
Power RUN ERROR WDT ALARM OUT INT COMM  
Start input wait START input of  
CPU Rack Power  
Lit  
Unlit ---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
CPU WAITING  
Supply Unit is OFF.  
No SYSMAC  
BUS terminator set.  
Terminator is not  
Lit  
Lit  
Unlit ---  
Unlit ---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
CPU WAITING  
CPU WAITING  
CPU Bus Unit  
initialization  
Terminator of  
SYSMAC BUS/2 is  
missing, or CPU  
Bus Unit is still  
initializing.  
I/O verify error  
(PC Setup)  
I/O Unit has been  
removed.  
Lit  
Unlit ---  
---  
Lit  
---  
---  
CPU WAITING  
Startup Errors (cont’d)  
Item  
RUN  
Auxiliary Area data  
Corrective action  
output Error flags  
Error  
code  
Start input wait  
OFF  
OFF  
A30600 ON None  
Turn ON the CPU Rack Power Supply Unit START  
input, or short-circuit the START input terminals.  
No SYSMAC BUS  
terminator  
A30602 ON None  
Turn on the power to the Remote I/O Slave Unit.  
Specify the Unit connected last as the terminator or wait  
until CPU Bus Units complete initialization.  
CPU Bus Unit initialization OFF  
A30603 ON None  
Turn on the power to the Remote I/O Slave Unit.  
Specify the Unit connected last as the terminator.  
I/O verify error  
(PC Setup)  
OFF  
A30601 ON 00E7  
A40209 ON  
Verify the I/O table. Correct the table if necessary by  
create a new one.  
76  
Error Messages and Alarm Outputs  
Section 5-1  
Fatal Errors  
Item  
Cause  
CPU indicators  
Peripheral  
Device error  
Power RUN ERROR WDT ALARM OUT INT COMM  
message  
Power interrup- Power interruption  
Unlit  
Unlit Unlit  
Unlit Unlit  
Unlit  
Unlit  
POWER FAIL  
tion  
occurred and  
lasted longer than  
the specified limit.  
Expansion CPU Expansion CPU  
Lit  
Unlit Unlit  
Unlit Unlit  
Unlit  
Unlit  
POWER FAIL  
Rack power  
OFF  
Rack  
Power Supply Unit  
is OFF.  
CPU error  
Watchdog timer  
Lit  
Unlit ---  
Unlit Lit  
Lit  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
WDT ERR  
Memory error  
Error occurred dur- Lit  
ing internal  
MEMORY ERR  
memory and Ex-  
pansion DM verifi-  
cation.  
I/O bus error  
Erroneous data  
transferred be-  
tween CPU and I/O  
Units  
Lit  
Unlit Lit  
Unlit Lit  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
I/O BUS ERR  
Duplicated  
number  
Rack numbers and Lit  
CPU Bus Unit unit  
numbers or I/O  
NO DUPL ERR  
words are assigned  
in duplicate.  
CPU bus error  
I/O points over  
Error in data trans- Lit  
fer between CPU  
and CPU Bus Unit  
or watchdog timer  
error in CPU Bus  
Unit.  
Unlit Lit  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
CPU BUS ERR  
Too many I/O  
Lit  
Unlit Lit  
I/O OVER  
points or too many  
Units are registered  
in the I/O table.  
I/O setting error Input/Output desig- Lit  
nation is wrong for  
Unlit Lit  
Unlit Lit  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
I/O SET ERR  
I/O Unit.  
Program error  
END(001) is miss-  
ing, or the capacity  
of the user memory  
is exceeded.  
Lit  
NO END  
INSTR  
PROGRAM  
OVER  
Cycle time over Cycle time monitor Lit  
time is exceeded.  
Unlit Lit  
---  
---  
---  
---  
SCAN TIME  
OVER  
Fatal SFC error SFC syntax error.  
Lit  
Lit  
Unlit Lit  
Unlit Lit  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
SFC ERR  
System failure  
(FALS)  
FALS was ex-  
ecuted in program.  
SYSTEM FAL  
77  
Error Messages and Alarm Outputs  
Section 5-1  
Fatal Errors (cont’d)  
Item  
RUN  
Auxiliary Area data  
Error data  
Corrective action  
output Error flags  
Error  
code  
Power interruption  
OFF  
None  
A012 to A013 (Power In- None  
terruption Time)  
A014 (Number of Power  
Check the supply voltage, the  
Power Supply Unit wiring, and the  
defined power interruption time.  
Interruptions)  
Expansion CPU  
Rack power OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
80FF  
Turn on the power to the Expan-  
sion CPU Rack.  
CPU error  
Turn the power OFF and ON  
again.  
Memory error  
A40115 ON A403 (Memory Area Er- 80F1  
ror Location)  
Check/correct the program. Cor-  
rectly mount the Memory Card  
and Expansion DM Unit. Check  
the battery connection. Perform  
the error clear operation after cor-  
rective actions have been taken.  
I/O bus error  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
A40114 ON AR404 (I/O Bus Error  
80C0-  
Check the cables between the  
Racks. Perform the error clear op-  
eration after corrective action has  
been taken.  
Rack and Slot Numbers) 80C7  
(*)  
80CE,  
80CF  
Duplicated  
number  
A40113 ON A409 (Duplicate Rack  
80E9  
Set the Rack No. and Unit No.  
again. Then turn the power OFF  
and ON again. Perform the error  
clear operation after corrective  
action has been taken.  
Number)  
A410 (CPU Bus Unit Du-  
plicate Number)  
CPU bus error  
I/O points over  
A40112 ON A405 (CPU Bus Unit Er- 8100-  
Check the cables between the  
CPU Rack and Expansion CPU  
Rack. Perform the error clear op-  
eration after corrective actions  
have been taken.  
ror Unit Number)  
8115  
(**)  
A40411 ON A407 (Total I/O Words  
on CPU and Expansion  
Racks)  
80E1  
Read the I/O table to check the  
number of words allocated. Cor-  
rect the table if necessary by  
creating a new one.  
A408 (Total SYSMAC  
BUS/2 I/O Words)  
A478 (Total SYSMAC  
BUS I/O Words)  
I/O setting error  
Program error  
OFF  
OFF  
A40110 ON None  
80E0  
80F0  
Verify the I/O table. Correct the  
table if necessary.  
A40109 ON None  
Correct the program. Perform the  
error clear operation after correc-  
tive actions have been taken.  
Cycle time over  
Fatal SFC error  
OFF  
A40108 ON A462/463 (Maximum  
Cycle Time)  
809F  
80F3  
Check the program or set time for  
monitoring the cycle.  
A464/465 (Present  
Cycle Time)  
OFF  
OFF  
A40107 ON A414 (SFC Fatal Error  
Code)  
Correct the program. Perform the  
error clear operation after correc-  
tive actions have been taken.  
System failure  
(FALS)  
A40106 ON None  
C101 to Check/correct the program.  
C2FF  
(***)  
Note *0 through 7 indicate rack numbers; E indicates series 0; F indicates series 1.  
**00 through 15 indicate unit numbers.  
***101 through 2FF indicate FALS numbers.  
78  
Error Messages and Alarm Outputs  
Section 5-1  
Non-fatal Errors  
Item  
Cause  
CPU indicators  
Peripheral  
Device error  
Power RUN ERROR WDT ALARM OUT INT COMM  
message  
System error  
(FAL)  
Program has ex-  
ecuted FAL  
Lit  
Lit  
Unlit  
Unlit Lit  
---  
---  
SYSTEM ERR  
FAL  
JMP error  
Destination of JMP/ Lit  
CJP/CJPN is miss-  
ing.  
Lit  
Unlit  
Unlit Lit  
---  
---  
JMP ERR  
Indirect DM  
BCD error  
Data for indirectly  
addressed DM is  
not BCD.  
Lit  
Lit  
Lit  
Lit  
Unlit  
Unlit  
Unlit  
Unlit Lit  
Unlit Lit  
Unlit Lit  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
INDIRECT DM  
BCD ERR  
Non-fatal SFC  
error  
Error has occurred Lit  
during SFC execu-  
tion.  
SFC CONTIN-  
UE  
ERR  
I/O verification  
error  
I/O table contains a Lit  
different number of  
I/O points than is  
I/O VERIFY  
ERR  
actually mounted.  
CPU Bus Unit  
error  
Parity error occurs  
during data transfer  
between CPU and  
CPU Bus Unit.  
Lit  
Lit  
Lit  
Lit  
Lit  
Lit  
Lit  
Lit  
Lit  
Lit  
Unlit  
Unlit  
Unlit  
Unlit  
Unlit  
Unlit Lit  
Unlit Lit  
Unlit Lit  
Unlit Lit  
Unlit Lit  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
CPU SPECIAL  
UNIT ERR  
SYSMAC  
BUS/2 error  
Error occurs be-  
tween Master and  
Slave in SYSMAC  
BUS/2.  
SYSMAC  
BUS/2 ERR  
SYSMAC BUS Error occurs be-  
error  
SYSMAC BUS  
ERR  
tween Master and  
Slave in SYSMAC  
BUS.  
Battery failure  
Battery of CPU or  
Memory Card is not  
connected or bat-  
tery voltage is low.  
BATTERY ERR  
CPU Bus Unit  
setting error  
Number assigned  
to CPU Bus Unit  
does not agree with  
registered unit  
number.  
CPU SPECIAL  
UNIT SETTING  
ERR  
Momentary  
Momentary power  
Lit  
Lit  
Unlit  
Unlit Lit  
---  
---  
PROTECTED  
power interrup- interruption oc-  
tion  
curred (when spe-  
cified as error by in  
PC Setup)  
Output inhibit  
(*)  
Bit A00015 is ON.  
Lit  
Lit  
Lit  
Unlit  
Unlit  
Unlit ---  
Unlit ---  
Lit  
---  
---  
Lit  
---  
---  
Host link com-  
munication  
Error has occurred Lit  
during host link  
communication  
Note *All outputs of the I/O Units are turned OFF.  
79  
Error Messages and Alarm Outputs  
Section 5-1  
Non-fatal Errors (cont’d)  
Item  
RUN  
Auxiliary Area data  
Error data  
Corrective action  
output Error flags  
Error  
code  
System error (FAL)  
JMP error  
ON  
A40215 ON A430 to A461 (Executed 4101  
Check the program.  
FAL Number)  
-42FF  
(*)  
ON  
A40213 ON None  
A40212 ON None  
00F9  
00F8  
Check and correct the program.  
Indirect DM BCD er- ON  
ror  
Non-fatal SFC error  
ON  
A40211 ON A418 (SFC Non-fatal Er- 00F4  
ror Code)  
I/O verification error  
ON  
A40209 ON None  
00E7  
Verify the I/O table. After the cor-  
rective actions have been taken,  
create a new I/O table.  
CPU Bus Unit error  
ON  
ON  
A40207 ON A422 (CPU Bus Unit Er- 0020-  
Check the Unit.  
ror Unit Number)  
A42315 ON (CPU Bus  
Link Error Flag)  
0215  
0231  
(**)  
SYSMAC BUS/2 er-  
ror  
A40206 ON A424 (SYSMAC BUS/2  
Error Master Number)  
00B0-  
00B3  
Check transmission lines for SYS-  
MAC BUS/2. Check to see if  
A480 to A499 (SYSMAC (***)  
SYSMAC BUS/2 Slave is normal.  
BUS/2 Error Unit Num-  
ber)  
SYSMAC BUS error ON  
A40205 ON A425 (SYSMAC BUS  
Error Master Number)  
00A0-  
00A7  
Check transmission lines for SYS-  
MAC BUS. Check to see if SYS-  
MAC BUS Slave is normal.  
A470 to A477 (SYSMAC (****)  
BUS Error Codes)  
Battery failure  
ON  
A40204 ON A42615 (PC Battery Low 00F7  
Replace the battery of the CPU or  
Memory Card. Check the connec-  
tions of the CPU battery.  
Flag)  
A42614 (Memory Card  
Battery Low Flag)  
CPU Bus Unit setting ON  
error  
A40203 ON A427 (CPU Bus Unit Pa- 0400-  
rameter Error Unit Num- 0415  
ber)  
Check the Unit.  
Momentary power in- ON  
terruption  
A40202 ON A012 to A013 (Power In- 0002  
terruption Time)  
Check the supply voltage and  
Power Supply Unit wiring.  
A014 (Number of Power  
Interruptions)  
Output inhibit  
ON  
ON  
A00015 ON None  
--- None  
---  
---  
Turn OFF A00015.  
Host link communi-  
cation  
Release memory protection.  
Note * 101 through 2FF indicate FAL Nos.  
** 00 through 15 indicate the Unit Nos. of the CPU Bus Units. 31 indicates a CPU  
bus link error.  
*** 0 through 3 indicate the RM addresses of SYSMAC BUS/2.  
**** 0 through 7 indicate the RM addresses of SYSMAC BUS.  
***** G: CPU Bus Link Area.  
80  
Troubleshooting Flowcharts  
Section 5-2  
5-2 Troubleshooting Flowcharts  
Main Flowchart  
When an unknown error arises, the following troubleshooting flowchart can be  
used to help locate the problem.  
Main flowchart  
NO  
NO  
YES  
NO  
NO  
POWER indicator lit?  
See Power Check Flowchart  
See Fault Check Flowchart  
See Error Check Flowchart  
See I/O Check Flowchart  
YES  
RUN indicator lit?  
YES  
ALARM indicator  
lit?  
NO  
I/O sequence  
correct?  
YES  
Environment normal?  
See Environment Check Flowchart  
YES  
Replace Unit  
Note 1. Before replacing a Unit, be sure to turn off the power to the PC. The same  
applies to when replacing the Expansion Data Memory Unit, batteries, wir  
-
ing, and cables.  
2. When replacing the CPU, start operation only after transferring the contents  
of the data memory or holding bits that are required for resuming operation  
to the replaced CPU.  
81  
Troubleshooting Flowcharts  
Section 5-2  
Power Check Flowchart  
POWER indicator not lit  
NO  
NO  
NO  
Supply power  
Power supplied?  
YES  
NO  
NO  
NO  
YES  
YES  
YES  
POWER indica-  
tor lit?  
Adjust voltage  
V
oltage in rated  
range?  
YES  
POWER indica-  
tor lit?  
All  
terminals tightened  
and lead wires  
intact?  
T
ighten screws or replace  
lead wires  
YES  
POWER indica-  
tor lit?  
Replace Power Supply Unit  
END  
Unit  
Supply voltage  
100 to 120 VAC  
200 to 240 VAC  
24 VDC  
Operating voltage range  
85 to 132 VAC  
CV500-PS221  
CVM1-PA208  
170 to 264 VAC  
CV500-PS211  
20.4 to 28.8 VDC  
Note 1. The fuse inside the DC Power Supply Unit will burn out if power is turned on  
with the 5-V output terminals shorted.  
2. If the POWER indicator does not light when power is properly supplied, re  
-
place the Power Supply Unit.  
82  
Troubleshooting Flowcharts  
Section 5-2  
Fault Check Flowchart  
RUN indicator not lit  
A
At this time, it is assumed that the POWER indicator is normally  
lit.  
RUN or  
MONITOR  
mode?  
NO  
Set RUN or MONITOR  
mode  
B
YES  
YES  
NO  
RUN indica-  
tor lights?  
ERROR indi-  
cator lights?  
(To next page)  
C
A
NO  
YES  
Connect peripheral de  
-
T
urn power OFF and ON  
End  
vice and check error  
again  
NO  
NO  
Can Online  
mode be set?  
Can Online  
mode be set?  
YES  
YES  
YES  
YES  
WDT indica  
-
WDT indica  
-
tor lights?  
tor lights?  
NO  
B
NO  
Check word A306  
Replace Unit  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
START input OFF  
I/O verify error*  
Close START input termi-  
A30600 ON?  
nals of Power Supply Unit  
OFF  
Unit is disconnected. Iden  
tify erroneous Unit by veri  
fying I/O table, mount Unit  
correctly, and then create  
I/O table  
-
A30601 ON?  
-
OFF  
*When an I/O verifica  
-
tion error is specified  
as a fatal error in the  
PC Setup.  
SYSMAC BUS terminator  
missing  
Check terminator and  
Slave Rack Power Supply  
Unit of SYSMAC BUS  
A30602 ON?  
OFF  
**This error does not  
occur when disabled  
as an error in the PC  
Setup.  
SYSMAC BUS/2 termina  
tor missing**  
-
Check terminator and  
Slave Rack Power Supply  
Unit of SYSMAC BUS/2  
A30603 ON?  
OFF  
B
83  
Troubleshooting Flowcharts  
Section 5-2  
D
C
NO  
T
urn the power OFF  
Is ERROR indi-  
cator lit?  
(To preceding page)  
A
and then ON  
YES  
Connect peripheral device  
and check error  
C
(Perform the error read operation)  
(A40115 ON)  
YES  
Check word A403  
Memory error?  
NO  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
ON  
User program er  
-
Check if battery is  
normal, and then  
re-load user program  
A040300 ON?  
OFF  
ror  
(To next page)  
F
Memory Card er  
-
Check battery of  
Memory Card. Then  
reload file, or reformat  
card  
A40301 ON?  
OFF  
C
ror  
IOM error  
A40302 ON?  
OFF  
Expansion DM  
error  
Check if Expansion  
DM Unit is correctly  
mounted  
A40303 ON?  
OFF  
PC Setup error  
Check if PC Setup is  
correct  
A40304 ON?  
OFF  
Registered I/O  
table error  
Create or correct I/O  
table  
A40305 ON?  
OFF  
System memory  
error  
A40306 ON?  
OFF  
Routing table er  
ror  
-
Check data link tables  
Check data link tables  
A40307 ON?  
OFF  
CPU Bus Unit  
system setup er-  
ror  
A40308 ON?  
OFF  
E
D
84  
Troubleshooting Flowcharts  
Section 5-2  
(From preceding page)  
E
ON  
Memory Card transfer error  
on power application  
A40309 ON?  
SYSTEM  
PROTECT  
Set keyswitch to NORMAL  
System protect  
keyswitch?  
(To preceding page)  
C
Normal  
Abnormal  
Abnormal  
Correctly connect Memory  
Card  
Memory Card  
connection?  
Normal  
Correctly store file  
Transfer file?  
Normal  
(To preceding page)  
D
(From preceding page)  
F
(A40114 ON)  
YES  
Check Rack No. and Slot  
No. using word A404  
I/O bus error?  
NO  
Abnormal  
Abnormal  
Abnormal  
Correctly connect I/O  
cables  
(To next page)  
Connection of  
I/O cables?  
G
Normal  
T
ermination Re-  
Correctly connect two Ter-  
mination Resistance Units  
sistance Units?  
Normal  
Correctly connect Unit  
Connection of  
Unit?  
Normal  
D
(To next page)  
85  
Troubleshooting Flowcharts  
Section 5-2  
G
(From preceding page)  
(A40113 ON)  
YES  
Check word  
A409/A410  
No. duplication  
error?  
NO  
ON  
ON  
ON  
A40900 to  
Check Rack No. set-  
Expansion Rack  
No. duplicated  
A40907 ON?  
ting switch of I/O In  
terface Units  
-
OFF  
Check assignment of  
first word of each  
Rack in PC Setup  
W
ord assignment  
A40915 ON?  
OFF  
duplicated  
A41000 to  
A41015 ON?  
Check settings of  
Unit No.  
Unit No. of CPU  
Bus Unit dupli  
-
cated  
OFF  
D
(To page 84)  
(A40112 ON)  
YES  
YES  
Check connection of  
CPU cable between  
CPU Rack and Ex-  
pansion CPU Rack  
(To page 84)  
CPU bus error?  
NO  
D
(A40111 ON)  
Check words  
A407/A408/A478  
Reduce number of  
words to within speci  
fied value  
I/O point over?  
NO  
D
(To page 84)  
-
Word A407  
Word A408  
Word A478  
No. of basic rack words  
No. of SYSMAC BUS/2 words  
No. of SYSMAC BUS words  
CV500/CVM1-CPU01-EV2  
CV1000/CVM1-CPU11-EV2  
CV2000  
32  
64  
64  
32  
64  
64  
128  
128  
128  
128  
128  
CVM1-CPU21-EV2128  
(A40110 ON)  
YES  
I/O setting error?  
NO  
Input and Output  
Units are reversed.  
V
erify I/O table with  
peripheral device  
(To next page)  
H
NO  
Create I/O table  
Registered I/O  
table correct?  
YES  
Mount Units accord-  
ing to registered I/O  
table  
D
(To page 84)  
86  
Troubleshooting Flowcharts  
Section 5-2  
H
(From preceding page)  
YES  
(A40109 ON)  
Check user program  
Program error?  
NO  
(A40108 ON)  
YES  
YES  
YES  
Check user program and  
PC Setup value  
Cycle time  
over?  
NO  
(A40107 ON)  
Check user program  
Fatal SFC  
error?  
NO  
(A40106 ON)  
Check FALS No. with word  
A430 to A461 and remove  
cause of error  
System error (FALS)?  
NO  
D
(To page 84)  
ERROR indicator does  
not go OFF even after all  
errors have been  
checked and corrected  
Replace Unit  
87  
Troubleshooting Flowcharts  
Section 5-2  
Alarm Check Flowchart  
Although the PC does not stop when the ALARM indicator lights, check and cor  
-
rect such errors as soon as possible.  
A
NO  
ALARM indica  
-
End  
tor lights?  
YES  
Connect peripheral device  
and check error  
(A40215 ON)  
YES  
YES  
YES  
YES  
YES  
System error  
(FAL)?  
Check FAL No. with word  
A430 to A461 and remove  
cause of error  
NO  
JMP error?  
NO  
(A40213 ON)  
Destination of JMP is  
missing  
(A40212 ON)  
Indirect DM  
BCD error?  
Contents of indirectly ad  
-
dress are not BCD  
NO  
(A40211 ON)  
Non-fatal SFC  
error?  
Check program of SFC  
NO  
(A40210 ON)  
Rack power  
failure?  
Check Racks recognized  
by CPU with word A419  
and turn ON power to  
Rack No. whose bits are  
OFF  
NO  
(A40209 ON)  
YES  
I/O Unit has been re  
-
I/O verify error?  
NO  
moved. Check I/O Units by  
verifying I/O table. Correct  
ly mount Units, or create  
I/O table  
-
B
(To next page)  
A
88  
Troubleshooting Flowcharts  
Section 5-2  
(From preceding page)  
B
(A40207 ON)  
YES  
YES  
YES  
YES  
YES  
YES  
CPU Bus Unit  
error?  
Parity error occurs. Check  
erroneous Unit with word  
A422  
Check noise source and  
environment. Turn off erro  
neous bit of word A001  
and restart  
-
NO  
(A40206 ON)  
SYSMAC  
BUS/2 error?  
Check Maser and Slave  
addresses with words  
A424/A480 to A487  
Check cable and power  
supply of Slave  
NO  
(A40205 ON)  
Check Master and Slave  
addresses with words  
A425/A470 to A477  
Check cable and Power  
Supply Unit of Slave Rack  
SYSMAC BUS  
error?  
NO  
Battery error?  
NO  
(A40204 ON)  
A42615 ON: CPU battery  
error; A42614 ON:  
Memory card battery error  
Replace battery. Check  
connection of battery  
(A40203 ON)  
Unit No. is different from  
Change setting of Unit  
No., or create I/O table  
CPU Bus Unit  
setting error?  
registered No. Check erro  
-
neous Unit with word A427  
NO  
(A40202 ON)  
Momentary  
Check supply voltage and  
power supply wiring  
power interrup  
-
tion error?  
NO  
A
ALARM indicator does not  
(To preceding page)  
go OFF even after all er  
-
rors have been checked  
and corrected  
Replace Unit  
I/O Check Flowchart  
It is assumed that the ladder diagram shown below is programmed and that  
SOL1 malfunctions.  
(LS1)  
000002  
(LS2)  
000003  
000500  
SOL1  
000500  
Given such a malfunction, the flowchart on the following page may be used to  
help locate the problem.  
89  
Troubleshooting Flowcharts  
Section 5-2  
Start  
NO  
Indicator of  
000500 normal?  
YES  
Check terminal  
voltage of 000500  
with tester  
Correct wiring  
Replace terminal  
block connector  
Replace fuse  
Monitor ON/OFF  
status of 000500  
with peripheral  
device  
NO  
YES  
YES  
ABNORMAL  
Faulty  
Output  
wiring correct?  
Is the  
blown fuse indi  
cator lit?  
NO  
NO  
ABNORMAL  
terminal block  
-
Decision  
Decision  
connector con  
-
tact?  
NORMAL  
YES  
NORMAL  
Check terminal  
voltage of 000500  
with tester  
(Only  
unit with  
fuse)  
NORMAL  
ABNORMAL  
Decision  
(Unit with  
-
out fuse)  
Check output de  
vice SOL1  
-
Replace Output  
Unit  
Indicators of  
inputs (000002,  
000003) normal?  
NO  
Check terminal  
YES  
voltages of 000002  
and 000003 with  
tester  
Check terminal  
voltages of 000002  
and 000003 with  
tester  
YES  
Terminal  
screws loose?  
Decision  
NORMAL  
ABNORMAL  
Decision  
NO  
ABNORMAL  
Remove external  
Faulty  
Input  
wiring correct?  
NORMAL  
NO  
wiring and mount  
Dummy Input Unit  
to check  
terminal block  
connector con  
-
YES  
tact?  
NO  
YES  
Correctly wire  
Tighten  
Replace terminal  
block connector  
ABNORMAL  
Decision  
NORMAL  
Return to  
START  
Check input de  
vices LS1 and LS2  
-
Replace Input  
Unit  
Replace Input  
Unit  
90  
Troubleshooting Flowcharts  
Section 5-2  
Environment Check Flowchart  
Environment check  
Higher than 55°C  
Less than 0°C  
NO  
Temperature  
Install fan or air conditioner  
55°C or less?  
Less than 55°C  
Temperature  
0°C or higher?  
Install heater  
Higher than 0°C  
Humidity in  
range of 10% to  
90%?  
Install air conditioner  
YES  
Not provided  
Provide surge suppression  
to counter noise source  
Noise measures?  
Provided  
NO  
Atmosphere  
OK?  
Install PC in a control pan  
-
el  
OK?  
END  
91  
Error Processing and Correction  
Section 5-3  
5-3 Error Processing and Correction  
CPU Rack/Expansion CPU Rack/Expansion I/O Rack  
Symptom  
Cause  
Remedy  
POWER indicator is unlit.  
RUN indicator is unlit.  
PCB short-circuited or damaged by heat.  
(1) START input terminals are OFF.  
(2) Error in program.  
Replace Power Supply Unit or Backplane.  
Short-circuit START input terminals.  
Correct program  
(3) Power line is faulty.  
Replace Power Supply Unit.  
Replace Power Supply Unit.  
RUN output does not  
turn ON.  
Internal circuitry of  
Power Supply Unit is faulty.  
RUN indicator lit.  
Link Unit or CPU Bus Unit  
does not operate or malfunc-  
tions.  
(1) CPU cable is faulty.  
(2) CPU bus is faulty.  
(3) Expansion CPU Rack is faulty.  
I/O bus faulty.  
Replace CPU cable.  
Replace Backplane.  
Replace I/O Control or I/O Interface Unit.  
Replace Backplane.  
Bit does not operate.  
Error occurs in units of 8  
points.  
(1) I/O cable is faulty.  
(2) I/O bus is faulty.  
Replace I/O cable.  
Replace Backplane.  
(3) Expansion I/O Rack is faulty.  
I/O bus is faulty.  
Replace I/O Control or I/O Interface Unit.  
Replace Backplane.  
I/O bit turns ON  
All bits for one Unit do not  
turn ON.  
I/O bus is faulty.  
Replace Backplane.  
92  
Error Processing and Correction  
Section 5-3  
Input Units  
Symptom  
Cause  
Remedy  
Not all inputs turn ON or in-  
dicators are not lit.  
(1) Power is not supplied to Input Unit.  
(2) Supply voltage is low.  
Supply power  
Adjust supply voltage to within rated range.  
Tighten screws.  
(3) Terminal block mounting screws are  
loose.  
(4) Faulty contact of terminal block con-  
nector.  
Replace terminal block connector.  
Replace Unit.  
Not all inputs turn ON (indi-  
cator lit).  
Input circuit is faulty.  
Not all inputs turn OFF.  
Input circuit is faulty.  
Replace Unit.  
Specific bit does not turn  
ON.  
(1) Input device is faulty.  
Replace input devices.  
Check input wiring  
(2) Input wiring disconnected.  
(3) Terminal block screws are loose.  
Tighten screws  
(4) Faulty terminal block connector con-  
tact.  
Replace terminal block connector.  
(5) Too short ON time of external input.  
(6) Faulty input circuit  
Adjust input device  
Replace Unit.  
(7) Input bit number is used for output in-  
struction.  
Correct program.  
Specific bit does not turn  
OFF.  
(1) Input circuit is faulty.  
Replace Unit.  
(2) Input bit number is used for output in-  
struction.  
Correct program.  
Input irregularly turns ON/  
OFF.  
(1) External input voltage is low.  
Adjust external input voltage to within rated  
range.  
(2) Malfunction due to noise.  
Protective measures against noise, such  
as:  
(1) Install surge suppressor.  
(2) Install insulation transformer.  
(3) Install shielded cable.  
(3) Terminal block screws are loose.  
Tighten screws  
(4) Faulty terminal block connector con-  
tact.  
Replace terminal block connector.  
Error occurs in units of 8  
points.  
(1) Common terminal screws are loose.  
Tighten screws  
(2) Faulty terminal block connector con-  
tact.  
Replace terminal block connector.  
(3) Faulty data bus  
(4) Faulty CPU  
Faulty indicator  
Replace Unit.  
Replace CPU.  
Replace Unit.  
Input indicator is not lit in  
normal operation.  
93  
Error Processing and Correction  
Section 5-3  
Output Units  
Symptom  
Cause  
Remedy  
Not all outputs turn ON  
(1) Load is not supplied with power.  
(2) Load voltage is low.  
Supply power  
Adjust voltage to within rated range.  
Tighten screws  
(3) Terminal block screws are loose.  
(4) Faulty terminal block connector con-  
tact.  
Replace terminal block connector.  
(5) Blown fuse  
Replace fuse.  
Replace Unit.  
Replace Unit.  
Replace Unit.  
Correct program.  
(6) Faulty I/O bus connector contact.  
(7) Output circuit is faulty.  
Output circuit is faulty.  
Not all outputs turn OFF  
Output of a specific bit num-  
ber does not turn ON or indi-  
cator is not lit  
(1) Output ON time too short.  
(2) Bit status controlled by multiple instruc- Correct program.  
tions.  
(3) Faulty output circuit.  
Replace Unit.  
Output of a specific bit num-  
ber does not turn ON (indi-  
cator lit).  
(1) Faulty output device.  
(2) Break in output wiring.  
(3) Loose terminal block screws.  
(4) Faulty terminal block connector faulty.  
(5) Faulty output bit.  
Replace output device.  
Check output wiring.  
Tighten screws.  
Replace terminal block connector.  
Replace relay.  
(6) Faulty output circuit.  
Replace Unit.  
Output of a specific bit num-  
ber does not turn OFF (indi-  
cator unlit).  
(1) Faulty output bit.  
Replace relay.  
(2) Bit does not turn OFF due to leakage  
current or residual voltage.  
Replace external load or add dummy resis-  
tor.  
Output of a specific bit num-  
ber does not turn OFF (indi-  
cator lit).  
(1) Bit status controlled by multiple instruc- Correct program.  
tions.  
(2) Faulty output circuit.  
(1) Low load voltage.  
Replace Unit.  
Output irregularly turns ON/  
OFF.  
Adjust load voltage to within rated range  
(2) Bit status controlled by multiple instruc- Correct program  
tions.  
(3) Malfunction due to noise.  
Protective measures against noise:  
(1) Install surge suppressor.  
(2) Install insulation transformer.  
(3) Use shielded cable.  
(4) Terminal block screws are loose.  
Tighten screws.  
(5) Faulty terminal block connector con-  
tact.  
Replace terminal block connector.  
Error occurs in units of 8  
points.  
(1) Loose common terminal screw.  
Tighten screws.  
(2) Faulty terminal block connector con-  
tact.  
Replace terminal block connector.  
(3) Blown fuse.  
Replace fuse.  
Replace Unit.  
Replace CPU.  
Replace Unit.  
(4) Faulty data bus.  
(5) Faulty CPU.  
Output indicator is not lit (op- Faulty indicator.  
eration is normal).  
94  
Appendix A  
Standard Models  
CPU Racks  
Name  
Specifications  
Model  
CV500-BC101  
CPU Backplane  
10 slots  
5 slots  
3 slots  
CV500-BC051  
CV500-BC031  
10 slots (CPU Bus Unit:  
rightmost 6 slots only)  
Does not support I/O Con- CVM1-BC103  
trol Unit or more than one  
Expansion I/O Rack.  
5 slots (CPU Bus Unit: right-  
most 3 slots only)  
CVM1-BC053  
CPU  
CV500: Ladder only or  
SFC + Ladder  
Basic I/O: 512 pts  
Basic I/O: 1,024 pts  
Basic I/O: 2,048 pts  
CV500-CPU01-EV1  
CV1000:Ladder only or  
SFC + Ladder  
CV1000-CPU01-EV1  
CV2000-CPU01-EV1  
CV2000:Ladder only or  
SFC + Ladder  
CVM1: Ladder only  
Basic I/O: 512 pts  
Basic I/O: 1,024 pts  
Basic I/O: 2,048 pts  
CVM1-CPU01-EV2  
CVM1-CPU11-EV2  
CVM1-CPU21-EV2  
CV500-PS221  
CVM1-PA208  
CV500-PS211  
CV500-IC101  
CV500-IC201  
CV500-IC301  
HMC-ES641  
Power Supply Unit  
I/O Control Unit  
Memory Card  
100 to 120/200 to 240 VAC Output: 12 A, 5 VDC  
100 to 120/200 to 240 VAC Output: 8 A, 5 VDC  
24 VDC  
Output: 12 A, 5 VDC  
To connect Expansion CPU and Expansion I/O Racks*  
To connect Expansion I/O Racks*  
To connect C500 Expansion I/O Racks  
RAM  
64K bytes  
128K bytes  
256K bytes  
512K bytes  
64K bytes  
128K bytes  
512 bytes  
1M bytes  
HMC-ES151  
HMC-ES251  
HMC-ES551  
EEPROM  
HMC-EE641  
HMC-EE151  
EPROM  
(Requires CV500-MCW01)  
HMC-EP551  
HMC-EP161  
Expansion Data Memory Unit  
For CV1000, CV2000, or  
CVM1-CPU21-EV2 only  
64K bytes  
128K bytes  
256K bytes  
CV1000-DM641  
CV1000-DM151  
CV1000-DM251  
Note *Two CV500-TER01 Terminal Resistance Units are provided with each CV500-IC101/201 I/O Control Unit.  
95  
Standard Models  
Appendix A  
Expansion CPU Racks  
Name  
Specifications  
Model  
Expansion CPU Backplane  
Power Supply Unit  
11 slots  
CV500-BI111  
100 to 120/200 to 240 VAC Output: 12 A, 5 VDC  
100 to 120/200 to 240 VAC Output: 8 A, 5 VDC  
CV500-PS221  
CVM1-PA208  
CV500-PS211  
CV500-II101  
24 VDC  
Output: 12 A, 5 VDC  
I/O Interface Unit  
CPU Bus Cable  
For Expansion CPU Rack  
Length: 30 cm  
Length: 60 cm  
Length: 30 cm  
Length: 60 cm  
CV500-CN311  
CV500-CN611  
CV500-CN312  
CV500-CN612  
CV500-TER01  
I/O Cable  
Termination Resistance Unit  
Mount to an I/O Expansion Unit to be used as a termina-  
tor. Two Termination Resistance Units are provided the  
CV500-IC101/201 I/O Control Unit.  
Expansion I/O Backplanes  
Name  
Specifications  
Model  
Expansion I/O Backplane  
11 slots  
6 slots  
4 slots  
CV500-BI112  
CV500-BI062  
CV500-BI042  
CVM1-BI114  
11 slots (Must be connected directly to CPU Backplane.)  
6 slots (Must be connected directly to CPU Backplane.)  
100 to 120/200 to 240 VACOutput: 12 A, 5 VDC  
100 to 120/200 to 240 VAC Output: 8 A, 5 VDC  
CVM1-BI064  
CV500-PS221  
CVM1-PA208  
CV500-PS211  
CV500-II201  
Power Supply Unit  
24 VDC  
Output: 12 A, 5 VDC  
I/O Interface Unit  
I/O Cable  
For Expansion I/O Rack  
30 cm  
60 cm  
1 m  
CV500-CN312  
CV500-CN612  
CV500-CN122  
CV500-CN222  
CV500-CN132  
CV500-CN332  
CV500-CN532  
CV500-CN413  
CV500-CN613  
CV500-TER01  
2 m  
10 m  
30 m  
50 m  
40 cm  
60 cm  
I/O Cable for 1 Exp. I/O Rack  
Termination Resistance Unit  
Mount to an I/O Expansion Unit to be used as a termina-  
tor. Two Termination Resistance Units are provided the  
CV500-IC101/201 I/O Control Unit.  
96  
Standard Models  
Appendix A  
Input Units  
Name  
Specifications  
Model  
Input Units  
DC  
16 mA, 5 to 12 VDC; ON delay: 1.5 16 pts 8 pts/common; 2 circuits  
ms, OFF delay: 1.5 ms  
3G2A5-ID112  
10 mA, 12 to 24 VDC; ON delay:  
1.5 ms, OFF delay: 1.5 ms  
16 pts 8 pts/common; 2 circuits  
32 pts 8 pts/common; 4 circuits  
32 pts 8 pts/common; 4 circuits  
32 pts 8 pts/common; 4 circuits  
64 pts 8 pts/common; 8 circuits  
3G2A5-ID213  
3G2A5-ID215  
3G2A5-ID218  
C500-ID218CN  
C500-ID114  
10 mA, 12 to 24 VDC; ON delay:  
1.5 ms, OFF delay: 1.5 ms  
10 mA, 12 to 24 VDC; ON delay:  
1.5 ms, OFF delay: 1.5 ms  
10 mA, 12 to 24 VDC; connector  
type  
7 mA, 12 VDC; static; ON delay:  
1.5 ms, OFF delay: 1.5 ms  
10 mA, 24 VDC; dynamic scan  
64 pts ---  
3G2A5-ID212  
3G2A5-ID219  
7 mA, 24 VDC; ON delay: 1.5 ms,  
OFF delay: 1.5 ms  
64 pts 8 pts/common; 8 circuits  
Interrupt 10 mA, 12 to 24 VAC; ON delay: 1 8 pts  
ms, OFF delay: 1.5 ms (Not mount-  
Independent commons  
3G2A5-ID216  
able to Duplex C2000H Rack)  
AC  
10 mA, 100 to 120 VAC; ON delay: 16 pts 8 pts/common; 2 circuits  
35 ms, OFF delay: 55 ms  
3G2A5-IA121  
3G2A5-IA222  
3G2A5-IA122  
C500-IA223  
10 mA, 200 to 240 VAC; ON delay: 16 pts 8 pts/common; 2 circuits  
35 ms, OFF delay: 55 ms  
10 mA, 100 to 120 VAC; ON delay: 32 pts 8 pts/common; 4 circuits  
35 ms, OFF delay: 55 ms  
10 mA, 200 to 240 VAC; ON delay: 32 pts 8 pts/common; 4 circuits  
35 ms, OFF delay: 55 ms  
AC/DC  
TTL  
10 mA, 12 to 24 VAC/DC; ON  
delay: 15 ms, OFF delay: 15 ms  
16 pts 8 pts/common; 2 circuits  
32 pts 8 pts/common; 4 circuits  
32 pts 8 pts/common; 4 circuits  
3G2A5-IM211  
3G2A5-IM212  
C500-ID501CN  
10 mA, 12 to 24 VAC/DC; ON  
delay: 15 ms, OFF delay: 15 ms  
3.5 mA, 5 VDC; connector  
97  
Standard Models  
Appendix A  
Output Units  
Name  
Specifications  
Contact 2 A, 250 VAC/24 VDC; with relay 16 pts 8 pts/common; 2 circuits  
Model  
Output Units  
3G2A5-OC221  
sockets; 8 commons  
2 A, 250 VAC/24 VDC; with relay  
sockets; all outputs independent  
16 pts Independent commons  
32 pts 8 pts/common; 4 circuits  
3G2A5-OC223  
3G2A5-OC224  
C500-OD217  
2 A, 250 VAC/24 VDC; with relay  
sockets  
Transis- 1 A, 12 to 24 VDC; no output when 16 pts 8 pts/common; 2 circuits  
tor  
external power supply is OFF  
2.1 A, 12 to 24 VDC  
16 pts 8 pts/common; 2 circuits  
16 pts 16 pts/common; 1 circuit  
16 pts Independent commons  
C500-OD219  
3G2A5-OD411  
3G2A5-OD215  
1 A, 12 to 48 VDC  
50 mA, 24 VDC; all outputs inde-  
pendent  
0.3 A, 12 to 24 VDC  
0.3 A, 12 to 48 VDC  
32 pts 16 pts/common; 2 circuits  
32 pts 16 pts/common; 2 circuits  
32 pts 32 pts/common; 1 circuit  
C500-OD218  
C500-OD414  
3G2A5-OD412  
0.3 A, 12 to 48 VDC; negative  
common; terminal block  
0.3 A, 12 to 24 VDC; positive com- 32 pts 16 pts/common; 2 circuits  
mon  
3G2A5-OD212  
0.3 A, 12 to 48 VDC; negative  
common; connector  
32 pts 16 pts/common; 2 circuits  
C500-OD415CN  
0.1 A, 24 VDC; dynamic scan  
0.1 A, 24 VDC; static connector  
64 pts ---  
3G2A5-OD211  
3G2A5-OD213  
3G2A5-OA121  
64 pts 8 pts/common; 8 circuits  
16 pts 8 pts/common; 2 circuits  
Triac  
1 A, 100 to 120 VAC; with built-in  
surge killer  
1 A, 100 to 240 VAC; with built-in  
surge killer  
16 pts 8 pts/common; 2 circuits  
3G2A5-OA222  
1 A, 100 to 240 VAC  
1 A, 100 to 240 VAC  
1.2 A, 100 to 240 VAC  
35 mA, 5 VDC; connector  
24 pts 8 pts/common; 3 circuits  
32 pts 8 pts/common; 4 circuits  
16 pts 8 pts/common; 2 circuits  
32 pts 8 pts/common; 4 circuits  
3G2A5-OA223  
C500-OA225  
C500-OA226  
TTL  
C500-OD501CN  
C500-MD211CN  
DC Input/Transistor Out- 12 to 24-VDC inputs: 10 mA; 12 to 16 pts ---  
put Unit  
24-VDC outputs: 0.3 connector  
each  
Dummy I/O Unit  
Input or output  
16, 32, ---  
or 64  
points  
3G2A5-DUM01  
CV500-IPS01  
I/O Power Supply Unit  
Input: 100 to 120/200 to 240 VAC Output:  
2A, 24 VDC  
---  
98  
Standard Models  
Appendix A  
Special I/O Units  
Name  
Specifications  
4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 V; 2 inputs  
Model  
Analog Input Unit  
2 pts  
2 pts  
2 pts  
2 pts  
2 pts  
4 pts  
4 pts  
3G2A5-AD001  
0 to 10 V; 2 inputs  
3G2A5-AD002  
3G2A5-AD003  
3G2A5-AD004  
3G2A5-AD005  
3G2A5-AD006  
3G2A5-AD007  
0 to 5 V; 2 inputs  
–10 to 10 V; 2 inputs  
–5 to 5 V; 2 inputs  
4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 V; 4 inputs  
0 to 10 V; 4 inputs  
0 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA (selectable); 8 inputs  
8 pts  
C500-AD101  
C500-AD501  
0 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V –5 to 5 V, 10 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA,  
–20 to 20 mA; 16 inputs  
16 pts  
Analog Output Unit  
4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 V; 2 outputs  
0 to 10 V; 2 outputs  
2 pts  
2 pts  
3G2A5-DA001  
3G2A5-DA002  
0 to 5 V; 2 outputs  
2 pts  
2 pts  
2 pts  
4 pts  
4 pts  
3G2A5-DA003  
3G2A5-DA004  
3G2A5-DA005  
C500-DA101  
C500-DA103  
–10 to 10 V; 2 outputs  
–5 to 5 V; 2 outputs  
0 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 V/0 to 10 V (selectable); 4 outputs  
–10 to 10 V, 4 outputs  
High-speed Counter Unit  
6-digit BCD; 50 kcps; one counted input; 1 pair of SV  
6-digit BCD; 50 kcps; one counted input; 8 pair of SV  
50 kcps; 7 operating modes  
1 pt  
3G2A5-CT001  
3G2A5-CT012  
C500-CT021  
1 pt  
2 pts  
4 pts  
6-digit BCD; 20 kcps; four counted inputs; 6 modes  
With RS-232C interface  
C500-CT041  
Magnetic Card Reader Unit  
PID Control Unit  
3G2A5-MGC01  
3G2A5-PID01-E  
For PID control; w/Programming Console key sheet; 20-day  
power backup to 25°C  
Position Control Unit  
Position Control Unit: 3G2A5-NC101-E with input multiplier for  
greater resolution and greater processing speed  
3G2A5-NC103-E  
Position Control Unit: For stepping motor; one axis  
Position Control Unit: For pulse motors; two axes  
Encoder Adapter  
3G2A5-NC111-EV1  
C500-NC222-E  
3G2A5-AE001  
Teaching Box  
For 1 axis  
3G2A5-TU001-E  
C200H-CN222  
C200H-CN422  
C500-CN422  
Connecting Cable: To connect C500-TU002-E Teach-  
ing Box to C500-NC222-E.  
2 m  
4 m  
Connecting Cable: To connect C500-TU002-E Teaching Box to  
3G2A5-NC103-E/NC111-EV1 Position Control Unit.  
Cam Positioner Unit  
ASCII Unit  
External outputs: 8 pts; Words output to PC: 2 (16 pts.)  
RAM and EEPROM  
C500-CP131  
C500-ASC04  
C500-LDP01-V1  
Ladder Program I/O Unit  
Has 40 instructions (same as a C20P.) Input and output points  
(16 each.)  
ID Sensor Unit  
General-purpose  
Long-distance  
C500-IDS21  
C500-IDS22  
C500-IDA02  
C500-IDA22  
C500-FZ001  
Microwave type  
For the C500-IDS02  
For the C500-IDS22  
8 inputs, 2 outputs max.  
Fuzzy Logic Unit  
99  
Standard Models  
Appendix A  
CPU Bus Units  
The CV-series SYSMAC LINK, SYSMAC BUS/2, and SYSMAC NET Link Units are also classified as CPU Bus  
Units. CPU Bus Units must be mounted to the proper slots on CPU or Expansion CPU Racks.  
Name  
Specifications  
Model  
Temperature Controller Data Link  
Unit  
Connects up to 64 temperature control devices via 2  
ports.  
CV500-TDL21  
BASIC Unit  
Must be mounted RS-232C x 2  
RAM  
CV500-BSC11  
CV500-BSC21  
to CPU or CPU  
Expansion Rack  
RS-422 x 1  
EEPROM +  
RAM  
RS-232C x 2  
Centronics x 1  
RAM  
CV500-BSC31  
CV500-BSC41  
EEPROM +  
RAM  
RS-232C x 2  
GP-IB x 1  
RAM  
CV500-BSC51  
CV500-BSC61  
EEPROM +  
RAM  
Personal Computer Unit  
Without floating-point division 4MB main memory  
8MB main memory  
CV500-VP213-E  
CV500-VP217-E  
CV500-VP223-E  
CV500-VP227-E  
CV500-BC105  
CV500-MR261  
CV500-MP602  
CV500-FDD01  
CV500-FDD02  
CV500-HDD11  
CV500-CN116  
CV500-HDD01  
CV500-HDD02  
CV500-FHD01-E  
CV500-FHD02-E  
CV500-BAT08  
CV500-MC221  
CV500-MC421  
CV500-CN224  
CV500-CN424  
CV500-CN624  
CV500-ZN3AT1-E  
With floating-point division  
4MB main memory  
8MB main memory  
CPU Backplane  
Exclusively for the Personal Computer Unit  
2MB memory  
RAM Disk Board  
PC Card Interface Board  
Floppy Disk Drive  
For PCMCIA 2.1 Type I and II cards  
One floppy disk drive  
Two floppy disk drives  
80-MB hard disk  
Hard Disk Unit  
Connecting Cable  
Hard Disk Drive  
Used to join two Hard Disk Units  
For 100 VAC  
For 200 VAC  
Floppy/Hard Disk Drive  
For 100 VAC  
For 200 VAC  
Backup Battery  
---  
Motion Control Unit  
2 axes  
4 axes  
Connecting Cables  
Cable length: 2 m  
Cable length: 4 m  
Cable length: 6 m  
For IBM PC/AT or compatible  
MC Support Software  
100  
Standard Models  
Appendix A  
Network Units and Remote I/O Units  
The CV-series SYSMAC LINK, SYSMAC BUS/2, SYSMAC NET Link Units, and Ethernet Units are classified as  
CPU Bus Units.  
Name  
Specifications  
Model  
CV500-SLK11  
SYSMAC LINK Unit  
SYSMAC BUS/2  
Optical  
Coaxial  
CV500-SLK21  
Power Feeder Unit  
For optical SYSMAC LINK Unit  
Optical type  
C1000H-APS01  
CV500-RM211  
Remote I/O Master Unit  
Wire type  
CV500-RM221  
Remote I/O Slave Unit  
Optical type  
CV500-RT211  
Wire type  
CV500-RT221  
Ethernet Unit  
Supports TCP/IP and UDP/ID  
APF/PCF  
CV500-ETN01  
SYSMAC BUS  
Optical Remote I/O Master  
Unit  
3G2A5-RM001-PEV1  
3G2A5-RM001-EV1  
3G2A5-RT001-PEV1  
3G2A5-RT002-PEV1  
3G2A5-RT001-EV1  
3G2A5-RT002-EV1  
3G2A5-LK010-PE  
3G2A5-LK010-E  
CVM1-DRM21  
PCF  
Optical Remote I/O Slave Unit APF/  
W/1 optical connector  
W/2 optical connectors  
W/1 optical connector  
W/2 optical connectors  
PCF  
PCF  
Optical I/O Link Unit  
APF/PCF  
PCF  
---  
CompoBus/D Master Unit  
Wired Remote I/O Master Unit ---  
Wired Remote I/O Slave Unit ---  
C500-RM201  
C500-RT201  
SYSMAC BUS  
Optical I/O Units  
DC Input  
No-voltage con- 8 pts  
tact  
100-VAC pow- APF/PCF 3G5A2-ID001-PE  
er supply  
PCF  
3G5A2-ID001-E  
AC/DC  
Input  
12 to 24 VAC/DC 8 pts  
APF/PCF 3G5A2-IM211-PE  
PCF 3G5A2-IM211-E  
APF/PCF 3G5A2-IA121-PE  
PCF 3G5A2-IA121-E  
APF/PCF 3G5A2-OC221-PE  
PCF 3G5A2-OC221-E  
APF/PCF 3G5A2-OA222-PE  
PCF 3G5A2-OA222-E  
APF/PCF 3G5A2-OD411-PE  
PCF 3G5A2-OD411-E  
AC Input  
100 VAC  
8 pts  
Contact  
Output  
2 A, 250 VAC/ 24 8 pts  
VDC  
100/200-VAC  
power supply  
Triac Out-  
put  
100/200 VAC  
8 pts  
8 pts  
Transistor  
Output  
0.3 A, 12 to 48  
VDC  
101  
Standard Models  
Appendix A  
Miscellaneous Remote I/O System Units  
Link Adapters with the suffix -P in the model number can be extended up to 200 m by using plastic-clad opti-  
cal fiber cable. Those without the suffix -P in the model number can be extended up to 800 m.  
Name  
Link Adapter  
Specifications  
Model  
3G2A9-AL001  
RS-422, 3 pcs  
Optical (APF/PCF), 3pcs  
3G2A9-AL002-PE  
3G2A9-AL002-E  
3G2A9-AL004-PE  
3G2A9-AL004-E  
3G2A9-AL005-PE  
3G2A9-AL005-E  
3G2A9-AL006-PE  
3G2A9-AL006-E  
Optical (PCF), 3pcs  
Optical (APF/PCF), RS-422, RS-232C, 1 pc each  
Optical (PCF), RS-422, RS-232C, 1 pc each  
Optical (APF/PCF), optical (AGF), 1 pc each  
Optical (PCF), optical (AGF), 1 pc each  
Optical (APF/PCF), optical (AGF), 2 pcs each  
Optical (PCF), optical (AGF), 2 pcs each  
Optical (APF/PCF), 1 pc, RS-485 1 pc for Wired Remote  
I/O system only  
B500-AL007-P  
Repeater  
APF/PCF  
PCF  
3G5A2-RPT01-PE  
3G5A2-RPT01-E  
All Plastic Optical-Fiber Cable (APF)  
Name  
Specifications  
Model  
Cable only, 5 to 100 m in multiples of 5 m, or multiples of  
200 or 500 m  
Plastic Optical Fiber Cable  
3G5A2-PF002  
Optical Connector A  
2 pcs (brown), for plastic optical fiber 10 m long max.  
2 pcs (black) for plastic optical fiber 8 to 20 m long  
1 m, w/optical connector A provided at both ends  
3G5A2-CO001  
3G5A2-CO002  
3G5A2-PF101  
Optical Connector B  
Plastic Optical Fiber Cable  
Plastic-Clad Optical-Fiber Cable (PCF)  
Name  
Specifications  
Model  
Optical Fiber Cable (indoor)  
0.1 m, w/connector  
1 m, w/connector  
2 m, w/connector  
3 m, w/connector  
5 m, w/connector  
10 m, w/connector  
20 m, w/connector  
30 m, w/connector  
40 m, w/connector  
50 m, w/connector  
Ambient temperature:  
3G5A2-OF011  
–10° to 70°C  
3G5A2-OF101  
3G5A2-OF201  
3G5A2-OF301  
3G5A2-OF501  
3G5A2-OF111  
3G5A2-OF211  
3G5A2-OF311  
3G5A2-OF411  
3G5A2-OF511  
Optical Fiber Cable  
(indoor/outdoor)  
1 to 500 m (order in units of 1 Ambient temperature:  
3G5A2-OF002  
m)  
–10° to 70°C  
Ambient temperature: 0°  
to 55°C (Must not be sub-  
jected to direct sunlight)  
501 to 800 m (order in units of  
1 m)  
102  
Standard Models  
Appendix A  
Hard-plastic-clad Quartz Fiber Cable: H-PCF  
Up to 800 m of H-PCF cable can be used between Units in the following systems: SYSMAC NET, SYSMAC LINK,  
and SYSMAC BUS/2. In the SYSMAC BUS system, up to 100 m of H-PCF cable can be used between Units  
whose model number suffix contains a P and up to 200 m between other Units whose model number does not  
contain a P.  
You can used connector-equipped cables or assemble cables yourself. The following are required to assemble  
H-PCF cable: the cable itself, Optical Connectors, Cable Assembly Tool, Cable Cutter Optical Power Tester, Head  
Unit, and Master Fiber. The user must assemble and test the optical connectors. Refer to the H-PCF Installation  
Manual for details.  
H-PCF cables can be used at an ambient temperature of between –20° and 70°C.  
H-PCF Optical Fiber Cords and Cables  
Cable type  
Cable color  
Cable length  
Model  
S3200-HCLB101  
S3200-HCLB501  
S3200-HCLB102  
S3200-HCLB502  
S3200-HCLB103  
S3200-HCLO101  
S3200-HCLO501  
S3200-HCLO102  
S3200-HCLO502  
S3200-HCLO103  
S3200-HCCB101  
S3200-HCCB501  
S3200-HCCB102  
S3200-HCCB502  
S3200-HCCO101  
S3200-HCCO501  
S3200-HCCO102  
S3200-HCCO502  
S3200-HBCB101  
S3200-HBCB501  
S3200-HBCB102  
S3200-HBCB502  
S3200-HBCB103  
Black  
10 meters  
Two optical conductors with  
feeder  
50 meters  
100 meters  
500 meters  
1,000 meters  
10 meters  
50 meters  
100 meters  
500 meters  
1,000 meters  
10 m  
Orange  
Without feeder  
Black  
50 m  
100 m  
500 m  
Orange  
Black  
10 m  
50 m  
100 m  
500 m  
Two-core optical cord  
10 m  
50 m  
100 m  
500 m  
1,000 m  
103  
Standard Models  
Appendix A  
H-PCF Optical Fiber Cords and Cables with Connectors  
The following diagram illustrates the model number for cables with connectors. tension members and power lines  
are provided in the cable. Half-lock connectors use the S3200-COCF2511 and are compatible with C200H SYS  
MAC LINK or SYSMAC NET Link Unit connectors. Full-lock connectors use the S3200-COCF2011 and are com  
-
-
patible with CV-series SYSMAC LINK or SYSMAC NET and C1000H SYSMAC LINK Link Unit connectors. Full-  
lock connectors cannot be used with C200H connectors.  
The above connectors cannot be used with C500 SYSMAC NET Link Unit connectors, cable relays, or NSB. Refer  
to the SYSMAC NET Link System Manual for appropriate connectors for these applications.  
S3200-CNjjj-jj-jj  
Cable Length  
Connector Type  
201  
501  
102  
152  
202  
Blank  
2 m  
5 m  
10 m  
15 m  
20 m  
Over 20 m*  
20-20  
20-25  
25-25  
Full-lock connecter on each end  
One full-lock and one half-lock connector  
Full lock connector on each end  
*Specify lengths over 20 m separately when ordering.  
Optical Connectors  
Name  
Model  
SYSMAC NET  
:
CV500-SNT31  
S3200-COCF2011  
SYSMAC LINK: CV500-SLK11, C1000H-SLK11  
SYSMAC BUS/2: CV500-RM211/RT211  
SYSMAC NET  
:
C200H-SNT31  
S3200-COCF2511  
S3200-COCH62M  
SYSMAC LINK: C200H-SLK11  
SYSMAC NET: C500-SNT31-V4  
S3200-LSU03-01E/NSB11-E  
S3200-NSUA1-00E/NSUG4-00E  
FIT10-IF401  
SYSMAC BUS: 3G2A5-RM001-(P)EV1  
S3200-COCH82  
3G2A5-RT001/RT002-(P)EV1  
3G2A9-ALjj-(P)E  
SYSMAC NET Relay (M) Connector  
S3200-COCF62M  
S3200-COCF62F  
SYSMAC NET Relay (F) Connector  
Cable Assembly Tool and Cutter  
Name  
Model  
Cable Assembly Tool  
S3200-CAK1062  
Optical Power Tester  
Name  
Model  
S3200-CAT2000  
S3200-CAT2700  
SYSMAC NET  
:
CV500-SNT31  
SYSMAC LINK: CV500-SLK11  
SYSMAC BUS/2: CV500-RM211/RT211  
SYSMAC BUS: 3G2A5-RM001-(P)EV1  
3G2A5-RT001/RT002-(P)EV1  
S3200-CAT2820  
S3200-CAT3200  
SYSMAC NET: S3200-LSU03-01E  
FIT10-IF401  
Note Each Optical Power Tester is provided with a replaceable Head Unit. There is no difference in type among  
all Optical Power Testers except for the head unit. This means the S3200-CAT2000 Optical Power Tester,  
for example, can be used as the S3200-CAT2700, S3200-CAT2820, or S3200-CAT3200 Optical Power  
Tester by just replacing the Head Unit of the S3200-CAT2000 with those for the S3200-CAT2700,  
S3200-CAT2820, or S3200-CAT3200.  
104  
Standard Models  
Appendix A  
Optical Power Tester Head Unit  
Name  
Model  
S3200-CAT2002  
S3200-CAT2702  
SYSMAC NET  
:
CV500-SNT31  
SYSMAC LINK: CV500-SLK11  
SYSMAC BUS/2: CV500-RM211/RT211  
SYSMAC BUS: 3G2A5-RM001-(P)EV1  
3G2A5-RT001/RT002-(P)EV1  
S3200-CAT2822  
S3200-CAT3202  
SYSMAC NET: S3200-LSU03-01E  
FIT10-IF401  
Peripheral Devices  
Name  
Specifications  
Model  
CV Support Software Version 2 Runs on an IBM PC/AT-compatible computer  
(CVSS) (See note)  
3 1/2”  
3 1/2”  
CV500-ZS3AT1-EV2  
SYSMAC Support Software  
(SSS) (See note)  
Runs on an IBM PC/AT-compatible computer  
C500-ZL3AT1-E  
Memory Card Writer  
---  
CV500-MCW01-E  
C500-GPC03-E  
Graphic Programming Console Connecting cable sold separately.  
(GPC)  
Connecting cable  
Recommended for GPC  
2 m  
5 m  
CV500-CN225  
CV500-CN525  
CV500-MP311-E  
GPC System Memory  
Cassette (See note.)  
---  
---  
GPC Memory Card Adapter  
Programming Console  
CV500-MCA01  
For CVM1/CV-series PCs only, cable required separately. CVM1-PRS21-EV1  
Note The CVSS does not support new instructions added for version-2 CVM1 PCs. The SSS does not support  
the CV500, CV1000, or CV2000.  
Optional  
Name  
Specifications  
Model  
3G2A5-BAT08  
Battery  
---  
---  
Memory Card Battery  
DC Power Supply  
Relay  
HMC-BAT01  
100 to 120/200 to 240 switchable, 300 W  
24 VDC  
S82F-3024  
G6B-1174P-FD-US-M  
3G2A5-COV11  
C500-COV12  
C500-COV13  
3G2A5-COV01  
CV500-COV01  
CV500-COV02  
I/O Terminal Cover  
For 38-pin block, special type  
For 38-pin block, standard  
For 20-pin block, standard  
Connector Cover (see note)  
Protector for I/O bus connector  
Protector for CPU bus connector  
Protector for Expansion I/O Rack IOIF connector  
Protector for CPU Rack IOC or Expansion CPU Rack IOIF CV500-COV03  
connector  
Protector for Simple Expansion I/O Rack connector  
For I/O Unit  
CV500-COV04  
3G2A5-SP002  
Space Unit  
105  
Standard Models  
Appendix A  
Note The following shows where the Connector Covers are to be applied.  
CPU Rack  
Expansion CPU Rack  
CV500-COV01  
3G2A5-COV01  
CV500-COV01  
3G2A5-COV01  
CV500-COV04  
CV500-COV03  
CV500-COV03  
Expansion I/O Rack  
CV500-COV04  
3G2A5-COV01  
CV500-COV02  
106  
Appendix B  
Specifications  
Power Supply Units  
Item  
CVM1-PA208  
100 to 120 or 200 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz  
CV500-PS221  
CV500-PS211  
Supply voltage  
24 VDC  
Operating voltage 85 to 132 or 170 to 264 VAC  
range  
20.4 to 28.8 VDC  
Power  
150 VA max.  
200 VA max.  
100 W max.  
consumption  
Inrush current  
30 A max.  
30 A max.  
Output capacity  
8 A, 5 VDC  
12 A, 5 VDC  
12 A, 5 VDC  
Insulation  
resistance  
20 M min. (at 500 VDC) between AC external terminals and (GR) terminals. (See note 1.)  
Dielectric  
strength  
2,300 VAC 50/60 Hz for 1 min between AC external and (GR) terminals,  
leakage current: 10 mA max.  
1,000 VAC 50/60 Hz for 1 min between DC external and (GR) terminals,  
leakage current: 20 mA max. (See note 1.)  
Noise immunity  
1,000 Vp-p, pulse width: 100 ns to 1 s, rise time: 1 ns (via noise simulation)  
Vibration  
resistance  
10 to 58 Hz, 0.075-mm amplitude, 58 to 150 Hz, acceleration: 9.8 m/s2 (see note 2) in X, Y, and Z  
directions for 80 minutes (Time coefficient; 8 minutes x coefficient factor 10 = total time 80 minutes)  
(according to JIS C0040)  
Shock resistance 147 m/s2 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (according to JIS C0041)  
Ambient  
temperature  
Operating: 0° to 55°C  
Storage: –20° to 75°C (except Memory Card and battery)  
Humidity  
10% to 90% (with no condensation)  
Must be free from corrosive gasses  
Less than 100  
Atmosphere  
Grounding  
Enclosure  
Weight  
Mounted in a panel  
All models are each 9 kilograms max.  
Dimensions  
(without cables,  
see note 3)  
CPU (10 slots)/Expansion CPU/Expansion I/O (11 slots): 480 x 250 x 123 mm (WxHxD)  
CPU (5 slots)/Expansion I/O (6 slots): 306 x 250 x 123 mm (WxHxD)  
CPU (3 slots)/Expansion I/O (4 slots): 236 x 250 x 123 mm (WxHxD)  
Note 1. Disconnect the  
(LG) terminal of the Power Supply Unit from the (GR) terminal when performing  
insulation and dielectric strength tests. If the tests are repeatedly performed with the  
(LG) and (GR)  
terminals short-circuited, the internal components may be damaged.  
Acceleration (G)  
2.  
3.  
Amplitude:  
0.075 mm  
Frequency (Hz)  
H
W
D
107  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
CPU Specifications  
Item  
CPU  
Specifications  
CVM1- CV500-  
CPU01-EV2 CPU11-EV2 CPU21-EV2 CPU01-EV1  
CVM1-  
CVM1-  
CV1000-  
CPU01-EV1  
CV2000-  
CPU01-EV1  
Control method  
I/O control method  
Programming  
Stored program  
Cyclic, programmed, scheduled, and zero-cross refreshing  
Ladder  
Ladder  
Ladder  
Ladder or  
SFC + ladder  
Ladder or SFC + ladder  
170 (331 variations)  
Instruction length  
1 to 8 words/instruction, 1 address/instruction  
Ladder instructions  
284 (515 variations )  
285 (517  
169 (329  
variations)  
variations)  
Basic  
0.15 to 0.45  
0.60 to 9.90  
30K words  
0.125 to 0.375  
0.15 to 0.45  
0.60 to 9.90  
30K words  
0.125 to 0.375  
0.500 to 8.25  
62K words  
Execution  
time (ms)  
Special  
0.500 to 8.25  
Program capacity (See  
note 1.)  
62K words  
Number of SFC steps  
SFC not  
supported.  
SFC not  
supported.  
SFC not  
supported.  
512 max.  
1,024 max.  
Local I/O capacity  
512 pts  
1,024 pts  
2,048 pts  
2.048 pts  
2,048 pts  
512 pts  
1,024 pts  
2,048 pts  
2,048 pts  
SYSMAC  
BUS/2  
1,024 pts  
1,024 pts  
Remote I/O  
capacity  
SYSMAC  
BUS  
512 pts  
1,024 pts  
2,048 pts  
512 pts  
1,024 pts  
Remote I/O bits  
Work bits  
SYSMAC BUS/2: 12,800 (0200 to 0999); SYSMAC BUS: 4,096 (2300 to 2555)  
2,688 (0032  
to 0199)  
2,176 (0064 1,152 (0128 2,688 (0032  
to 0199) to 0199) to 0199)  
2,176 (0064  
to 0199)  
1.152 (0128  
to 0199)  
4,352 (1964 to 1999, 2064 to 2299)  
Link bits  
3,200: 100000 to 119915 (words 1000 to 1199)  
4,800: 120000 to 149915 (words 1200 to 1499)  
6,400: 150000 to 189915 (words 1500 to 1899)  
Holding bits  
CPU Bus Unit bits  
CompoBus/D data area 2,048: 190000 to 196315 (words 1900 to 1963), 200000 to 206315 (words 2000 to 2063)  
Temporary bits  
CPU bus link bits  
Auxiliary bits  
Timers  
8 (TR0 to TR7)  
4,096: G00000 to G25515 (words G000 to G255)  
8,192: A00000 to A51115 (words A000 to A511)  
512 (T0000  
to T0511)  
1,024 (T0000 to T1023)  
512 (T0000  
to T0511)  
1,024 (T0000 to T1023)  
1,024 (C0000 to C1023)  
Normal timers: 0 to 999.9 s, high-speed timers: 0 to 99.99 s  
512 (C0000  
to C0511)  
1,024 (C0000 to C1023)  
512 (C0000  
to C0511)  
Counters  
(0 to 9999 counts)  
Data memory  
Expansion DM  
8,192 words  
(D00000 to  
D08191)  
24,576 words (D00000 to  
D24575)  
8,192 words  
(D00000 to  
D08191)  
24,576 words (D00000 to  
D24575)  
---  
256K words ---  
256K words (E00000 to  
E32765 x 8 banks)  
(E00000 to  
E32765 x 8  
banks)  
Data registers  
Index registers  
Step flags  
3 (DR0 to DR2)  
3 (IR0 to IR2)  
None  
None  
None  
None  
512 (ST0000 1,024 (ST0000 to ST1023)  
to ST0511)  
Transition flags  
None  
None  
512 (TN0000 1,024 (TN0000 to TN1023)  
to TN0511)  
Trace memory  
File memory  
1K words  
2K words  
1K words  
2K words  
Memory Cards: RAM (512K bytes), EEPROM (128K bytes), or EPROM (1M bytes)  
Control input signal  
START input: In RUN mode, PC begins operation when input is ON and halts when it is  
OFF. Input specifications: 24 VDC, 10 mA  
108  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Item  
Specifications  
Control output signal  
RUN output: The RUN output terminals are ON (closed) while PC is operating.  
Maximum switching capacity: 250 VAC/2 A (resistive load, cos = 1),  
250 VAC/0.5 A (inductive load, cos = 0.4),  
24 VDC/2 A (see note 2)  
Memory protection  
Battery life  
Holding bits (internal status maintained), contents of counters and data memory, SFC  
execution status (can be set)  
Service life: 5 years The memory backup time when PC is not powered varies with the  
ambient temperature. If BAT ERR indicator lights, replace the battery with a new one within  
1 week.  
Self-diagnostics  
CPU failure (watchdog timer), I/O verify error, I/O bus error, memory failure, remote I/O  
error, battery error, link error, or Special I/O Unit/CPU Bus Unit errors  
Note 1. The useable program capacity is 28K words or 60K words  
2. To meet the EC Directives (Low Voltage Directive), use the CV500-PS211 at 24 VDC only.  
109  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
DC Input Units  
Item  
3G2A5-ID112  
3G2A5-ID213  
12 to 24 VDC +10%  
Input Voltage  
Input Impedance  
Input Current  
ON Voltage  
OFF Voltage  
ON Delay  
5 to 12 VDC +10%  
/
/
–15%  
–15%  
560  
2.2 k  
16 mA typical (at 12 VDC)  
4.0 VDC min.  
10 mA typical (at 24 VDC)  
10.2 VDC min.  
1.5 VDC max.  
3.0 VDC max.  
1.5 ms max.  
1.5 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
1.5 ms max.  
1.5 ms max.  
No. of Inputs  
16 (8 inputs/common, 2 circuits)  
10 mA, 5 VDC max.  
16 (8 inputs/common, 2 circuits)  
20 mA, 5 VDC max.  
Internal Current  
Consumption  
Weight  
450 grams max.  
450 grams max.  
COM  
Circuit  
Configuration  
COM  
6.8  
k
1.8  
k
IN 00  
560  
to  
IN 00  
2.2 k  
to  
IN 06  
IN 07  
IN 06  
IN 07  
Inter-  
nal  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
Circuit  
COM  
6.8  
COM  
1.8  
k
k
IN 08  
to  
IN 08  
to  
560  
2.2 k  
IN 14  
IN 15  
IN 14  
IN 15  
Two-wire sensors cannot be connected.  
0
0
Terminal  
Connections  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
1
1
2
2
3
3
5 to 12 VDC  
12 to 24 VDC  
+
4
4
+
5
6
5
6
7
7
COM  
8
COM  
8
9
8
9
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
10  
11  
10  
11  
5 to 12 VDC  
+
12 to 24 VDC  
+
12  
13  
14  
15  
COM  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
COM  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
Dimensions  
A-shape  
A-shape  
110  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
DC Input Units Continued  
Item  
3G2A5-ID215  
3G2A5-ID218  
Input Voltage  
Input Impedance  
Input Current  
ON Voltage  
12 to 24 VDC +10%  
/
–15%  
2.2 k  
10 mA typical (at 24 VDC)  
10.2 VDC min.  
OFF Voltage  
3.0 VDC max.  
ON Delay  
15 ms max.  
1.5 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
15 ms max.  
1.5 ms max.  
No. of Inputs  
32 (8 inputs/common, 4 circuits)  
160 mA, 5 VDC max.  
450 grams max.  
Internal Current Consumption  
Weight  
260 mA, 5 VDC max.  
Circuit Configuration  
2.2 k  
IN 00  
to  
IN 07  
See  
below.  
I
COM  
IN 08  
to  
IN 15  
COM  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
2.2 k  
IN 00  
to  
IN 07  
See  
below.  
II  
COM  
IN 08  
to  
IN 15  
COM  
ID215: 560  
ID218: 750  
B
Terminal Connections  
II  
A
I
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
+
4
+
12 to 24  
VDC  
12 to 24  
VDC  
5
+
+
6
7
COM  
8
COM  
8
9
9
9
9
10  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
COM  
11  
+
+
12 to 24  
VDC  
12  
12 to 24  
VDC  
+
13  
+
14  
15  
COM  
NC  
NC 18  
Dimensions  
B-shape  
111  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
DC Input Units Continued  
Item  
3G2A5-ID219  
Input Voltage  
Input Impedance 3.3 k  
24 VDC +10%  
/
–15%  
Input Current  
ON Voltage  
OFF Voltage  
ON Delay  
7 mA typical (at 24 VDC)  
16.0 VDC min.  
5.0 VDC max.  
1.5 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
No. of Inputs  
1.5 ms max.  
64 (8 inputs/common, 8 circuits) (No. of contacts that can be turned ON depends on ambient  
temperature. See the characteristic data below.)  
Internal Current 340 mA, 5 VDC max.  
Consumption  
Weight  
600 grams max.  
Circuit  
Configuration  
No. of inputs that can be turned ON vs.  
temperature  
470  
COM  
IN 00  
to  
(Points)  
I
IN 07  
60  
Up to 35  
points can  
be turned  
ON at 55°C.  
COM  
IN 08  
to  
IN 15  
COM  
IN 00  
COM  
IN 08  
3.3 k  
50  
No. of  
inputs  
that  
can be  
turned  
ON  
40  
30  
20  
Internal  
Circuit  
II  
470  
Temperature  
is 38°C when  
64 points can  
be turned  
COM  
IN 00  
COM  
IN 08  
III  
IV  
10  
0
3.3 k  
COM  
ON.  
IN 00  
COM  
IN 08  
0
20 30 40 50 60  
10  
Temperature  
(°C)  
B
A
III  
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
IV  
Terminal  
Connections  
NC  
NC  
0
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
20 20  
19 19  
18 18  
17 17  
16 16  
15 15  
14 14  
13 13  
12 12  
11 11  
10 10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
NC  
COM  
NC  
COM  
II  
I
2
15  
14  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
3
24 VDC  
24 VDC  
24 VDC  
4
13  
5
12  
6
11  
24 VDC  
7
10  
COM  
8
COM  
8
9
10 10  
11 11  
12 12  
13 13  
14 14  
15 15  
16 16  
17 17  
18 18  
19 19  
20 20  
8
8
9
9
COM  
COM  
7
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
COM  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
24 VDC  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
11  
24 VDC  
24 VDC  
6
12  
5
13  
4
14  
3
15  
24 VDC  
2
COM  
1
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
0
Dimensions  
D-shape  
112  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
DC Input Units Continued  
Item  
C500-ID114  
Input Voltage  
Input Impedance  
Input Current  
ON Voltage  
OFF Voltage  
ON Delay  
12 VDC +10%  
1.5 k  
/
–15%  
7 mA typical (at 12 VDC)  
8.0 VDC min.  
3.0 VDC max.  
1.5 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
1.5 ms max.  
No. of Inputs  
64 (8 inputs/common, 8 circuits) (No. of contacts that can be turned ON depends on ambient  
temperature. See the characteristic data below.)  
Internal Current  
Consumption  
340 mA, 5 VDC max.  
Weight  
600 grams max.  
Circuit  
Configuration  
470  
COM  
IN 00  
to  
I
IN 07  
COM  
IN 08  
to  
1.5 k  
IN 15  
COM  
Internal  
Circuit  
IN 00  
COM  
IN 08  
II  
470  
COM  
IN 00  
COM  
IN 08  
III  
IV  
1.5 k  
COM  
IN 00  
COM  
IN 08  
B
A
III  
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
B
IV  
Terminal  
Connections  
NC  
NC  
0
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
20 20  
19 19  
18 18  
17 17  
16 16  
15 15  
14 14  
13 13  
12 12  
11 11  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
NC  
COM  
NC  
COM  
II  
I
2
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
3
12 VDC  
12 VDC  
4
5
6
7
12 VDC  
12 VDC  
COM  
8
COM  
8
10 10  
11 11  
12 12  
13 13  
14 14  
15 15  
16 16  
17 17  
18 18  
19 19  
20 20  
8
8
9
9
COM 10 10  
COM  
7
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
COM  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
11  
12 VDC  
6
12 VDC  
12  
5
13  
4
14  
3
15  
12 VDC  
12 VDC  
2
COM  
1
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
0
Dimensions  
D-shape  
113  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
DC Input Units Continued  
Item  
C500-ID218CN  
Input Voltage  
Input Impedance  
Input Current  
ON Voltage  
12 to 24 VAC +10%  
/
–15%  
2.2 k  
10 mA typical (at 24 VDC)  
10.2 VDC min.  
OFF Voltage  
3.0 VDC max.  
ON Delay  
1.5 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
1.5 ms max.  
No. of Inputs  
32 (8 inputs/common, 4 circuits)  
200 mA, 5 VDC max.  
450 grams max.  
Internal Current Consumption  
Weight  
Circuit Configuration  
2.2 k  
IN 00  
to  
0.04  
F
470  
IN 07  
COM  
I
IN 08  
to  
IN 15  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
COM  
2.2 k  
IN 00  
to  
0.04  
F
470  
IN 07  
COM  
II  
IN 08  
to  
IN 15  
COM  
B
Terminal Connections  
12 to  
24 VDC  
A
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
10  
2
11  
3
+
+
12  
+
4
13  
5
6
+
14  
15  
7
COM  
COM  
NC  
NC  
10  
11  
12  
NC  
11  
12 NC  
NC  
NC  
Dimensions  
E-shape, with no 4-terminal block  
114  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Dynamic DC Input Unit  
3G2A5-ID212  
Max. Switching  
Inputs  
24 VDC +10%  
Outputs  
0.1A, 24 VDC +10%  
Input Voltage  
/
/
–15%  
–15%  
Capacity  
Input Impedance  
Input Current  
ON Voltage  
OFF Voltage  
ON Delay  
2.2 k  
Leakage Current  
Residual Voltage  
ON Delay  
0.1 mA max.  
1.5 V max.  
10 mA typical (at 24 VDC)  
10.2 VDC min.  
3.0 VDC max.  
0.2 ms max.  
0.3 ms max.  
24 VDC 10%  
OFF Delay  
1.5 ms max.  
Power for  
OFF Delay  
1.5 ms max.  
External Supply  
General Specifications  
Circuit Configuration  
Terminal Connections  
COM  
(24 V)  
0
1
2
DATA  
0
560  
DATA 1  
DATA 2  
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
DATA 0  
to  
DATA 3  
DATA 4  
DATA 5  
DATA 6  
DATA 7  
A
2.2 k  
560  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
DATA 7  
COM (24 V)  
STB 0  
2.2 k  
24 V  
STB 1  
STB 2  
STB 0  
to  
STB 3  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
13 STB 4  
14 STB 5  
15 STB 6  
16 STB 7  
17 COM (0 V)  
18 24 V  
STB 7  
COM  
(0 V)  
+
24 VDC  
19  
NC  
Refer to p 116 for connections.  
No. of Inputs  
64, dynamic  
Internal Current  
Consumption  
300 mA, 5 VDC max.  
Weight  
450 grams max.  
A-shape  
Dimensions  
Wiring Dynamic Inputs  
When a large number of bits must be controlled, an ID212 DC Input Unit can simplify wiring by inputting status to up  
to 64 bits through only 16 points. Using digital switches or a specially wired keyboard, the different combinations of  
input points will determine which bits are ON. Two examples of connections using digital switches or a keyboard  
are given.  
115  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Connection Example 1 (Keyboard)  
The wiring diagram and table below show how the ID212 DC Input Unit can be wired using a specially wired key  
-
board. For example, if A on the keyboard is pressed, the combination of inputs on DA A 0 and STB 9 turn ON bit 00  
T
of word n. Similarly, the combination of inputs on DATA 7 and STB 7 turn ON bit 15 of word n+3. The value of word n  
depends on where the Unit is mounted.  
A
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DATA 0  
DATA 1  
DATA 2  
DATA 3  
DATA 4  
DATA 5  
DATA 6  
DATA 7  
B
C
D
E
X
Y
Z
8
COM (24 V)  
STB 0  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
STB 1  
STB 2  
STB 3  
STB 4  
STB 5  
STB 6  
STB 7  
+
COM (0 V)  
24 VDC  
NC  
24 VDC  
Terminal Number 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00  
Word n  
E
D
C
B
A
Word n + 1  
Word n + 2  
Word n + 3  
Z
Y
X
Note Because the DC Input Unit is operated on an extremely small current, make sure there is adequate distance  
between the DC Input Unit wires and high-tension equipment or power lines. If this cannot be avoided, use  
shielded cables when wiring the DC Input Unit. Be sure to keep the total length of the wires less than 10 m.  
116  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Connection Example 2 (Digital Switches)  
This example shows how the ID212 DC Input Unit can be wired using digital switches. Just as the keys on the  
keyboard can turn ON different combinations of bits, the digital switches can control different combinations of bits.  
For example, the combination of inputs on switch no. 1 and input point 00 turn ON bit 00 of word n. (For the sake of  
simplicity, the figure below shows the digital switches wired to control 32 bits instead of 64 bits as was shown in  
Example 1.) Wire STB 4, STB 5, STB 6, and STB 7 to access an additional 32 bits.  
0
DATA  
0
1
2
DATA 1  
DATA 2  
DATA 3  
DATA 4  
DATA 5  
DATA 6  
DATA 7  
COM (+24)  
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
STB 0  
STB 1  
STB 2  
STB 3  
STB 4  
STB 5  
STB 6  
STB 7  
COM (0 V)  
+24 VDC  
NC  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
+
24 VDC  
D C  
B A COM  
-
8
+
-
7
+
-
6
+
-
5
+
-
4
+
-
3
+
-
2
+
-
1
+
Switch no.  
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
The following table shows the combinations enabled by wiring digital switches as shown.  
Terminal Number  
Word n  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
09  
08  
07  
06  
05  
04 03  
02  
01  
00  
Switch no. 4  
Switch no. 3  
Switch no. 2  
Switch no. 1  
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
STB 1  
Switch no. 8  
STB 0  
Switch no. 6  
Word n + 1  
Switch no. 7  
Switch no. 5  
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
STB 3  
STB 2  
These pulses are input to bits 0 through 7 of word n.  
Timing  
Data 0 through  
7
4 ms  
STB 0  
STB 1  
STB 2  
STB 3  
STB 4  
STB 5  
STB 6  
STB 7  
32 ms  
117  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
AC Input Units  
Item  
3G2A5-IA121  
3G2A5-IA222  
Input Voltage  
Input Impedance  
Input Current  
ON Voltage  
OFF Voltage  
ON Delay  
100 to 120 VAC +10%  
/
9.7 k (50 Hz), 8 k (60 Hz)  
10 mA typical (at 100 VAC)  
60 VAC min.  
–15%, 50/60 Hz  
200 to 240 VAC +10%  
–15%, 50/60 Hz  
/
22 k (50 Hz), 18 k (60 Hz)  
10 mA typical (at 200 VAC)  
120 VAC min.  
20 VAC max.  
40 VAC max.  
35 ms max.  
35 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
55 ms max.  
55 ms max.  
No. of Inputs  
16 (8 inputs/common, 2 circuits)  
180 mA, 5 VDC max.  
16 (8 inputs/common, 2 circuits)  
180 mA, 5 VDC max.  
Internal Current  
Consumption  
Weight  
450 grams max.  
450 grams max.  
Circuit  
Configuration  
680  
1 M  
0.15 F  
220  
560  
0.33 F  
220  
IN 00  
to  
IN 00  
to  
330  
k
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
IN 07  
COM  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
IN 07  
COM  
680  
1 M  
0.15 F  
220  
560  
0.33 F  
220  
IN 08  
to  
IN 08  
to  
330  
k
IN 15  
COM  
IN 15  
COM  
0
1
0
Terminal  
Connections  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
~
~
100 to 120VAC  
100 to 120 VAC  
200 to 240VAC  
200 to 240 VAC  
5
5
6
6
7
7
COM  
8
COM  
8
9
9
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
COM  
10  
11  
12  
12  
~
~
13  
13  
14  
14  
15  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
COM  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
Dimensions  
A-shape  
A-shape  
118  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
AC Input Units Continued  
Item  
Input Voltage  
Input Impedance  
Input Current  
ON Voltage  
OFF Voltage  
ON Delay  
3G2A5-IA122  
100 to 120 VAC +10%  
–15%, 50/60 Hz  
C500-IA223  
/
200 to 240 VAC +10%  
–15%, 50/60 Hz  
/
22 k (50 Hz), 18 k (60 Hz)  
10 mA typical (at 200 VAC)  
120 VAC min.  
9.7 k (50 Hz), 8 k (60 Hz)  
10 mA typical (at 100 VAC)  
60 VAC min.  
20 VAC max.  
40 VAC max.  
35 ms max.  
35 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
55 ms max.  
55 ms max.  
No. of Inputs  
32 (8 inputs/common, 4 circuits)  
180 mA, 5 VDC max.  
32 (8 inputs/common, 4 circuits)  
180 mA, 5 VDC max.  
Internal Current  
Consumption  
Weight  
600 grams max.  
600 grams max.  
Circuit  
Configuration  
0.33  
220  
F
0.15  
270  
F
560  
1 M  
330  
IN 00  
to  
IN  
IN 00  
to  
IN 07  
330  
k
07  
COM  
COM  
I
I
IN 08  
to  
IN 08  
to  
IN 15  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
IN  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
COM  
15  
COM  
0.15  
F
0.33  
220  
F
560  
1 M  
330  
IN 00  
to  
IN  
IN 00  
to  
IN 07  
270  
330  
k
07  
COM  
COM  
II  
II  
IN 08  
to  
IN 08  
to  
IN  
IN 15  
COM  
15  
COM  
II  
Terminal  
Connections  
II  
A
B
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A
B
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
I
I
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
0
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
2
3
3
~
~
~
~
4
4
100 to  
120 VAC  
200 to  
240 VAC  
~
~
~
200 to  
240 VAC  
100 to  
120 VAC  
5
5
6
6
7
7
COM  
8
COM  
8
9
8
9
COM  
8
COM  
8
8
9
9
9
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
9
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
10  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
11  
12  
100 to  
120 VAC  
200 to  
13  
~
100 to  
200 to  
240 VAC  
240 VAC  
14  
120 VAC  
15  
COM  
COM  
COM 17  
COM17  
NC  
NC  
18  
NC  
NC  
18  
18  
Dimensions  
C-shape  
C-shape  
119  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
AC/DC Input Units  
Item  
3G2A5-IM211  
12 to 24 VAC/DC +10%  
–15%, 50/60 Hz  
1.8  
3G2A5-IM212  
12 to 24 VAC/DC +10%  
–15%, 50/60 Hz  
2.2 k  
Input Voltage  
Input Impedance  
Input Current  
ON Voltage  
OFF Voltage  
ON Delay  
/
/
10 mA typical (at 24 VDC)  
10.2 VDC min.  
10 mA typical (at 24 VDC)  
10.2 VDC min.  
3.0 VDC max.  
3.0 VDC max.  
15 ms max.  
15 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
15 ms max.  
15 ms max.  
No. of Inputs  
16 (8 inputs/common, 2 circuits)  
10 mA, 5 VDC max.  
32 (8 inputs/common, 4 circuits)  
200 mA, 5 VDC max.  
Internal Current  
Consumption  
Weight  
450 grams max.  
500 grams max.  
Circuit  
Configuration  
IN 00  
1.8 k  
IN 00  
to  
2.2 k  
IN 07  
680  
to  
1.8  
k
COM  
I
IN 06  
IN 08  
to  
IN 15  
COM  
IN 07  
COM  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
IN 08  
1.8 k  
IN 00  
to  
2.2 k  
to  
IN 07  
680  
1.8  
k
COM  
II  
IN 14  
IN 15  
COM  
IN 08  
to  
IN 15  
COM  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
B
Terminal  
Connections  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
II  
A
I
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
+
3
+
+
12 to 24  
~
VAC/VDC  
4
~
+
5
~
+
6
+
12 to 24  
VAC/VDC  
7
12 to 24  
VAC/VDC  
COM  
8
COM  
8
COM  
8
9
9
9
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
COM  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
+
+
+
~
~
12 to 24  
VAC/VDC  
~
+
+
+
12 to 24  
VAC/VDC  
12 to 24  
VAC/VDC  
COM17  
COM  
NC  
NC  
18  
NC  
NC  
19  
Dimensions  
A-shape  
A-shape  
120  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
TTL Input Units  
Item  
Input Voltage  
C500-ID501CN  
5 VDC 10%  
Input Impedance  
Input Current  
1 k  
3.5 mA typical (at 24 VDC)  
3 VDC min.  
ON Voltage  
OFF Voltage  
1 VDC max.  
ON Delay  
1.5 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
1.5 ms max.  
No. of Inputs  
32 (8 inputs/common, 4 circuits)  
200 mA, 5 VDC max.  
450 grams max.  
Internal Current Consumption  
Weight  
Circuit Configuration  
1 k  
IN 00  
to  
3.3 k  
IN 07  
COM  
I
IN 08  
to  
IN 15  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
COM  
1 k  
3.3 k  
IN 00  
to  
IN 07  
COM  
II  
IN 08  
to  
IN 15  
COM  
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Terminal Connections  
A
5 VDC  
5 VDC  
8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
1
10  
11  
2
3
+
+
12  
13  
14  
15  
COM  
+
4
5
6
7
9
10  
11  
COM  
NC  
NC  
10  
11  
12  
NC  
NC  
NC  
12 NC  
Use a sinking TTL buffer.  
(TTL/LS-TTL/CMOS buffer)  
1 k  
IN  
+
3.3  
k
COM  
Dimensions  
E-shape, with no 4-terminal block  
121  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Triac Output Units  
Item  
3G2A5-OA121  
3G2A5-OA222  
Max. Switching  
Capacity  
1 A, 132 VAC, 50/60 Hz (4 A/common, 5 A/Unit) 1 A, 250 VAC, 50/60 Hz (4 A/common, 5 A/Unit)  
Min. Switching  
Capacity  
10 mA (resistive load) , 10 VAC  
40 mA (inductive load), 10 VAC  
10 mA (resistive load), 10 VAC  
40 mA (inductive load), 10 VAC  
Leakage Current  
3 mA (100 VAC) max.  
3 mA max. at 100 VAC  
6 mA max. at 200 VAC  
Residual Voltage  
ON Delay  
1.2 V max.  
1.2 V max.  
1 ms max.  
1 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
1/2 of load frequency max.  
16 (8 outputs/common, 2 circuits)  
300 mA, 5 VDC max.  
1/2 of load frequency max.  
16 (8 outputs/common, 2 circuits)  
300 mA, 5 VDC max.  
No. of Outputs  
Internal Current  
Consumption  
Fuse Capacity  
Weight  
5 A, 250 V (two fuses)  
500 grams max.  
5 A, 250 V (two fuses)  
500 grams max.  
Circuit  
Configuration  
OUT 00  
to  
OUT 00  
to  
22  
22  
0.022  
F
0.022 F  
OUT 06  
OUT 07  
COM  
OUT 06  
OUT 07  
COM  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
Fuse/fuse blowout  
detection circuit  
Fuse/fuse blowout  
detection circuit  
OUT 08  
OUT 08  
22  
22  
to  
to  
0.022  
F
0.022 F  
OUT 14  
OUT 15  
COM  
OUT 14  
OUT 15  
COM  
Fuse/fuse blowout  
detection circuit  
Fuse/fuse blowout  
detection circuit  
The fuse is 5 A, 250 V and 6.35 mm dia. x 32 mm.  
The fuse is 5 A, 250 V; 6.35 mm dia. x 32 mm.  
0
0
Terminal  
Connections  
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
1
2
3
3
4
4
132 VAC max.  
250 VAC max.  
~
~
5
5
6
6
7
7
COM  
8
COM  
8
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
9
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
9
9
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
COM  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
COM  
132 VAC max.  
~
250 VAC max.  
~
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
Dimensions  
A-shape  
A-shape  
122  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Triac Output Units Continued  
Item  
3G2A5-OA223  
C500-OA225  
Max. Switching  
Capacity  
1 A, 250 VAC, 50/60 Hz (4 A/common, 5 A/Unit) 1 A, 250 VAC, 50/60 Hz (4 A/common, 5 A/Unit)  
Min. Switching  
Capacity  
10 mA (resistive load) , 10 VAC  
40 mA (inductive load), 10 VAC  
10 mA (resistive load) , 10 VAC  
40 mA (inductive load), 10 VAC  
Leakage Current  
Residual Voltage  
ON Delay  
3 mA (100 VAC) max., 6 mA (200 VAC) max.  
1.2 V max.  
2 mA (100 VAC) max., 5 mA (200 VAC) max.  
1.6 V max.  
1 ms max.  
1 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
1/2 of load frequency max.  
24 (8 outputs/common, 3 circuits)  
450 mA, 5 VDC max.  
1/2 of load frequency max.  
32 (8 outputs/common, 4 circuits)  
200 mA, 5 VDC max.  
No. of Outputs  
Internal Current  
Consumption  
Fuse Capacity  
5 A, 250 V (three fuses)  
Not provided  
Power for External ---  
Supply  
320 mA, 5 VDC 10% max.  
Weight  
600 grams max.  
600 grams max.  
Circuit  
Configuration  
OUT 00  
to  
OUT 00  
*
to  
OUT 06  
OUT 07  
COM  
F./b.f.d.  
F./b.f.d.  
F./b.f.d.  
OUT 07  
COM  
I
I
OUT 04  
OUT 08  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
to  
to  
OUT 14  
OUT 15  
COM  
OUT 00  
OUT 15  
COM  
OUT 00  
*
to  
OUT 07  
COM  
OUT 08  
to  
II  
II  
to  
OUT 06  
OUT 07  
COM  
OUT 15  
COM  
24 VDC  
0 V  
Fuse  
x
blowout  
output  
F./b. f. d. Fuse/blown fuse detection  
Fuse: MF51SH (5 A, 250 V)  
*
G3S-201PL 24 VDC  
A
B
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A
B
0
Terminal  
Connections  
I
II  
I
II  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
0
1
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
0
1
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
250 VAC  
max.  
250 VAC  
max.  
250 VAC  
max.  
2
2
3
250 VAC  
max.  
3
3
4
~
4
4
~
~
~
5
5
~
5
6
6
6
7
7
COM  
8
COM  
7
8
COM  
9
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
8
COM  
8
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
9
8
9
8
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
9
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
250 VAC  
max.  
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
9
10  
11  
12  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
10  
11  
250 VAC  
max.  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
250 VAC  
max.  
Fuse blowout  
13 12  
13  
Output 2A,  
250 VAC/  
24 VDC  
~
~
14  
15 14  
15  
COM  
L
16  
COM  
17  
18  
COM  
0 V  
V
24 VDC  
~
+
+
24 VDC  
Dimensions  
C-shape  
C-shape  
123  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Special Considerations for C500-OA225  
The maximum current value allowed per output point depends on the ambient temperature and the number of  
points per common that are ON simultaneously The graph below shows the relationship between the allowable  
.
current per point and the number of points ON per common. Be sure not to exceed the values shown in the graph.  
Environment temperature  
1.0  
0.8  
25°C  
Current  
value per  
point (A)  
40°C  
0.6  
0.4  
0.2  
55°C  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Number of points per common that  
can be turned ON simultaneously.  
Number of Points per Common Turned ON Simultaneously  
The graph below shows the value of the surge current and the time it takes the current to reach a steady state  
(current-carrying time). The curved line in the graph represents the maximum value of surge current at which the  
Unit can operate properly. It is suggested that when opening and closing a load with a large surge current, to keep  
the value of the surge current to half the value shown the graph (within the shaded area).  
Surge  
15  
Current  
(A. Peak)  
10  
5
0
10  
30 50 100 200  
500  
1,000 5.000  
Current-carrying time (ms)  
124  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Triac Output Units Continued  
Item  
C500-OA226  
Max. Switching Capacity  
Max. Inrush Current  
1.2 A, 250 VAC, 50/60 Hz (4 A/common, 5 A/Unit)  
15 A (pulse width: 100 ms)  
30 A (pulse width: 10 ms)  
Min. Switching Capacity  
100 mA, 10 VAC  
50 mA, 24 VAC  
10 mA, 100 VAC  
10 mA, 240 VAC  
Leakage Current  
Residual Voltage  
1.5 mA (120 VAC, 60 Hz) max.  
3.0 mA (240 VAC, 60 Hz) max.  
1.5 VAC (100 to 600 mA) max.  
1.5 VAC (50 to 100 mA) max.  
5.0 VAC (10 to 50 mA) max.  
ON Delay  
1 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
1/2 of load frequency + 1 ms max.  
16 (8 outputs/common, 2 circuits)  
450 mA, 5 VDC max.  
No. of Outputs  
Internal Current Consumption  
Fuse Capacity  
Weight  
5 A, 250 V, 6.35 dia. x 32 (2 fuses)  
600 grams max.  
Circuit Configuration  
OUT 00  
f
f  
to  
0.022  
F
OUT 06  
OUT 07  
Fuse/  
fuse blowout  
detection circuit  
COM  
OUT 08  
to  
f
f
0.022  
F
OUT 14  
OUT 15  
Fuse/  
fuse blowout  
detection circuit  
COM  
The fuse is 5 A, 250 V and 6.35 mm dia. x 32 mm.  
0
Terminal Connections  
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
250 VAC max.  
~
5
6
7
COM  
8
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
9
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
COM  
250 VAC max.  
~
NC  
NC  
Dimensions  
C-shape  
125  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Transistor Output Units  
Item  
3G2A5-OD411  
12 to 48 VDC +10%  
–15%, 1 A  
3G2A5-OD412  
Max. Switching  
Capacity  
/
12 to 48 VDC +10%  
(but, 4.8 A/Unit)  
/–15%, 0.3 A  
(but, 4 A/common, 5 A/Unit)  
Leakage Current  
0.1 mA max.  
0.1 mA max.  
1.5 V max.  
Residual Voltage 1.4 V max.  
ON Delay  
0.2 ms max.  
0.2 ms max.  
0.3 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
No. of Outputs  
0.3 ms max.  
16 (16 outputs/common, 1 circuit)  
160 mA, 5 VDC max.  
32 (32 outputs/common, 1 circuit)  
230 mA, 5 VDC max.  
Internal Current  
Consumption  
Fuse Capacity  
5 A, 250 V (two fuses)  
50 mA, 12 to 48 VDC 10% min.  
500 grams max.  
1 per circuit, 1 total  
(Cannot be changed by user.)  
Power for  
External Supply  
80 mA, 12 to 48 VDC 10% min.  
Weight  
530 grams max.  
Circuit  
Configuration  
OUT 00  
to  
OUT 00  
to  
OUT 07  
COM(0 V)  
OUT 07  
COM (0 V)  
I
OUT 08  
to  
Internal  
Internal  
Circuit  
OUT 08  
to  
OUT 15  
Internal  
Circuit  
*
Internal  
Circuit  
Circuit  
OUT 15  
COM (0 V)  
OUT 00  
to  
OUT 07  
COM (0 V)  
OUT 08  
to  
OUT 15  
COM (0 V)  
OUT 15  
II  
COM(0 V)  
+ V  
12 to 48  
Fuse/fuse  
blowout de-  
tection  
VDC  
Fuse  
12 to 48  
VDC  
*
Fuse/fuse blowout detection circuit  
0
Terminal  
Connections  
II  
A
B
0
I
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
L
0
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
12 to 48  
VDC  
2
2
L
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
3
Note: Be sure to  
supply power to  
B18; otherwise cur  
rent will leak  
through the load  
while the output is  
OFF.  
3
L
+
12 to 48  
VDC  
+
4
5
6
7
4
L
L
L
L
-
Note: Be sure to  
supply power to  
B18; otherwise  
current will leak  
through the load  
while the output  
is OFF.  
5
6
L
COM(0 V)  
7
COM(0 V)  
8
L
L
L
L
COM (0 V)  
8
L
8
9
9
Because the com  
mons are short-cir  
cuited internally  
-
-
9
L
8
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
9
L
10  
L
9
,
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
11  
L
L
Because the  
10  
L
they cannot be  
used separately  
and must be wired  
according to the  
diagram.  
L
12  
commons are  
short-circuited  
internally, they  
cannot be used  
separately and  
must be wired  
according to the  
diagram.  
L
11  
L
L
L
13  
L
14  
12  
L
L
L
15  
L
COM(0 V)  
13  
L
COM(0 V)  
12 to 48 VDC  
14  
L
NC  
15  
L
COM (0 V)  
12 to 48 VDC  
NC  
Dimensions  
A-shape  
B-shape  
126  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Transistor Output Units Continued  
Item  
3G2A5-OD414  
12 to 48 VDC +10%  
–15%, 0.3 A  
(but, 2.4 A/common; 4.8 A/Unit)  
Max. Switching  
Capacity  
/
Leakage Current  
0.1 mA max.  
Residual Voltage 1.5 V max.  
ON Delay  
0.2 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
No. of Outputs  
0.3 ms max.  
32 (16 outputs/common, 2 circuits)  
230 mA, 5 VDC max.  
Internal Current  
Consumption  
Fuse Capacity  
Not provided  
Power for  
80 mA, 12 to 48 VDC 10% min.  
External Supply  
Weight  
530 grams max.  
Circuit  
Configuration  
OUT 00  
to  
OUT 07  
COM0 (0 V)  
OUT 08  
to  
Internal  
Circuit  
I
OUT 15  
COM1 (0 V)  
Internal  
Circuit  
12 to 48  
VDC  
OUT 00  
to  
OUT 07  
Internal  
Circuit  
COM2 (0 V)  
OUT 08  
to  
II  
OUT 15  
COM3 (0 V)  
12 to 48  
VDC  
II  
Terminal  
Connections  
B
0
I
A
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
Supply power  
to A18 and  
B18. Without  
power supplied  
to A18 and  
B18, leakage  
current will  
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
cause a mal  
-
7
COM2 (0V)  
8
function at the  
load.  
COM0 (0V)  
8
8
9
L
8
L
9
9
L
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
9
L
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
10  
L
10  
L
11  
L
11  
L
12  
L
12  
L
13  
L
13  
L
14  
L
14  
L
15  
L
15  
L
COM3 (0V)  
COM1 (0V)  
+DC  
+
12 to 48 V  
+
12 to 48 VDC  
12 to 48 VDC  
Dimensions  
B-shape  
127  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Transistor Output Units Continued  
Item  
3G2A5-OD213  
16 mA/4.5 V to 100 mA/26.4 VDC (See chart below.) (but, 800 mA/common, 6.4 A/Unit)  
Max. Switching  
Capacity  
Leakage Current 0.1 mA max.  
Residual Voltage 0.4 V max.  
ON Delay  
0.2 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
No. of Outputs  
0.3 ms max.  
64 (8 outputs/common, 8 circuits)  
460 mA, 5 VDC max. (140 mA + (5 mA x no. of ON points))  
Internal Current  
Consumption  
Fuse  
1 per circuit, 8 total (Cannot be changed by user.)  
170 mA, 26.4 VDC min. (2.6 mA x no. of ON points)  
Power for  
External Supply  
Weight  
550 grams max.  
Circuit  
Max. switching capacity  
Configuration  
4.5 to  
26.4  
VDC  
(mA)  
100  
13 k  
OUT 00  
4.7 k  
Fuse  
to  
OUT 07  
Max.  
switching  
capacity  
COM  
10 k  
13 k  
I
4.5 to  
26.4  
VDC  
Internal  
Circuit  
OUT 08  
to  
50  
4.7 k  
OUT 15  
COM  
10 k  
Fuse  
4.5 to  
26.4 VDC  
16  
0
OUT 00  
to  
OUT 07  
COM  
4.5 to  
26.4 VDC  
IV  
0
4.5 10  
20.4 26.4  
(V)  
OUT 08  
to  
OUT 15  
Voltage for external supply  
COM  
Terminal  
Connections  
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
III  
IV  
L
1
L
B
A
II  
I
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
COM  
15  
COM  
15  
L
2
L
L
14  
L
3
L
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
+
+
4.5 to 26.4 VDC  
13  
L
4
L
12  
L
5
L
+
11  
L
6
L
+
10  
L
7
L
9
L
COM  
COM  
8
L
8
8
8
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
COM  
COM  
9
9
L
7
L
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
10  
L
7
L
6
L
11  
6
L
L
+
+
5
L
12  
5
L
L
4
L
13  
L
4
L
+
+
3
L
14  
3
L
L
2
L
15  
L
2
L
1
L
0
L
COM  
COM  
1
L
0
L
Dimensions  
D-shape  
128  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Transistor Output Units Continued  
Item  
3G2A5-OD215  
24 VDC 10%, 50 mA/point  
C500-OD217  
12 to 24 VDC +10%  
–15%, 1 A  
Max. Switching  
Capacity  
/
(but, 4 A/common, 5 A/Unit)  
Leakage Current ---  
0.1 mA max.  
Residual Voltage 1.0 V max.  
1.4 V max.  
ON Delay  
0.2 ms max.  
0.3 ms max.  
0.2 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
No. of Outputs  
0.3 ms max.  
16 (independent commons)  
200 mA, 5 VDC max.  
16 (8 outputs/common, 2 circuits)  
160 mA, 5 VDC max.  
Internal Current  
Consumption  
Fuse Capacity  
Not provided  
---  
5 A, 250 V (two fuses)  
Power for  
50 mA, 12 to 24 VDC 10% min.  
External Supply  
Weight  
530 grams max.  
500 grams max.  
Circuit  
Configuration  
OUT 00  
to  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
OUT 00  
OUT 07  
COM  
12 to  
24 VDC  
Inter-  
nal  
Cir-  
Fuse/fuse  
blowout  
detection  
COM  
Inter-  
nal  
Cir-  
cuit  
OUT 01  
COM  
cuit  
to  
OUT 08  
to  
Inter-  
nal  
OUT 14  
COM  
OUT 15  
Circuit  
OUT 15  
COM  
12 to  
24 VDC  
COM  
Fuse/fuse  
blowout  
detection  
0
Terminal  
Connections  
0
1
2
L
1
L
2
L
B
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
+
A
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
NC  
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
NC  
8
3
4
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
+
12 to 24  
VDC  
4
L
5
5
6
7
8
L
6
L
7
L
COM (0 V)  
7
8
9
8
8
9
9
24 VDC  
L
9
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
10  
11  
9
L
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
10  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
L
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
12 to 24  
VDC  
L
+
12  
13  
14  
15  
L
L
L
L
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
COM (0 V)  
Note:  
Be sure to connect  
Power Supplies to  
18 and 19.  
12 to 24 VDC  
12 to 24 VDC  
Dimensions  
B-shape  
A-shape  
129  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Transistor Output Units Continued  
Item  
C500-OD218  
12 to 24 VDC +10%  
–15%, 0.3 A  
C500-OD219  
12 to 24 VDC +10%  
–15%, 2.1 A  
Max. Switching  
Capacity  
/
/
(but, 2.4 A/common, 4.8 A/Unit)  
(but, 8 A/common, 16 A/Unit)  
Leakage Current 0.1 mA max.  
Residual Voltage 1.5 V max.  
0.1 mA max.  
0.7 V max.  
ON Delay  
0.2 ms max.  
0.2 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
No. of Outputs  
0.3 ms max.  
0.4 ms max.  
32 (16 outputs/common, 2 circuits)  
230 mA, 5 VDC max.  
16 (8 outputs/common, 2 circuits)  
160 mA, 5 VDC max.  
Internal Current  
Consumption  
Fuse Capacity  
1 per circuit, 2 total  
(Cannot be changed by user.)  
10 A, 250 V (two fuses)  
Power for  
80 mA, 12 to 24 VDC 10% min.  
100 mA, 12 to 24 VDC 10% min.  
External Supply  
Weight  
530 grams max.  
550 grams max.  
Circuit  
Configuration  
OUT 00  
to  
OUT 00  
to  
OUT 07  
COM  
(0 V)  
Inter-  
nal  
Internal  
Circuit  
Cir-  
cuit  
II  
OUT 07  
COM0  
OUT 08  
to  
OUT 15  
COM  
(0 V)  
12 to  
24 VDC  
I
Inter-  
nal  
Cir-  
cuit I  
Fuse  
Internal  
Circuit  
Fuse  
12 to 24  
VDC  
OUT 00  
to  
OUT 07  
OUT 08  
Internal  
Circuit  
COM  
(0 V)  
Inter-  
nal  
to  
Cir-  
cuit  
II  
II  
OUT 08  
to  
OUT 15  
COM  
(0 V)  
OUT 15  
COM1  
Fuse  
Fuse  
12 to  
24 VDC  
12 to 24  
VDC  
0
12 to 24  
VDC  
B
Terminal  
Connections  
II  
0
A
L
I
0
1
L
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
3
L
3
12 to 24  
VDC  
L
+
12 to 24  
VDC  
+
4
5
6
7
+
4
L
L
L
5
6
Note:  
Be sure to sup-  
ply power to A18  
and B18.  
A8, A17, B8, and  
B17 are  
short-circuited in-  
ternally, so they  
cannot be used  
separately.  
A8 and B8 do  
not have to be  
wired.  
L
7
COM(0 V)  
COM 0  
COM(0 V)  
8
8
8
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
8
L
9
9
9
9
L
L
9
L
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
10  
L
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
L
L
11  
L
12  
L
+
13  
L
L
L
L
L
12 to 24  
VDC  
14  
L
15  
L
COM(0 V)  
COM(0 V) 17  
12 to 24 VDC  
12 to 24 VDC  
COM 1  
18  
Note:  
Be sure to supply  
power to 18 and 19.  
12 to 24 VDC  
12 to 24 VDC  
Dimensions  
B-shape  
A-shape  
130  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Transistor Output Units Continued  
Item  
C500-OD415CN  
12 to 48 VDC +10%  
/–15%, 0.3 A  
Max. Switching Capacity  
(but, 2.4 A/common, 4.8 A/Unit)  
Leakage Current  
Residual Voltage  
ON Delay  
0.1 mA max.  
1.5 V max.  
0.2 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
0.3 ms max.  
No. of Outputs  
32 (16 outputs/common, 2 circuits)  
230 mA, 5 VDC max.  
Not provided  
Internal Current Consumption  
Fuse Capacity  
Power for External Supply  
Weight  
80 mA, 12 to 48 VDC 10% min.  
530 grams max.  
Circuit Configuration  
OUT 00  
to  
OUT 07  
COM 0  
V 0  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
OUT 08  
to  
I
OUT 15  
COM 1  
V 1  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
12 to  
48 VDC  
OUT 00  
to  
OUT 07  
COM 2  
V 2  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
II  
OUT 08  
to  
OUT 15  
COM 3  
V 3  
12 to  
48 VDC  
A
B
Terminal Connections (CNI and  
CNII)  
Note: Power can be supplied to  
either connector pins A9,  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
B9, A10, and B10 or to ter  
-
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
minal bock terminals 1 to 4.  
If power is not supplied,  
dark current will leak  
through the load while the  
output is OFF  
.
The following pins are con  
nected internally:  
-
COM  
COM  
CNI: A9, B9, and terminal  
V
V
+
10 10  
11 11  
12 12  
2; A10, B10 and terminal 1.  
CNII: A9, B9, and terminal  
4; A10, B10 and terminal 3  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
To common load  
V
1
2
3
4
I
COM  
V
12 to 48 VDC  
COM  
II  
Terminal Block  
Dimensions  
E-shape  
131  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Transistor Output Units Continued  
Item  
3G2A5-OD211 (dynamic)  
24 VDC +10%  
3G2A5-OD212 (PNP)  
12 to 24 VDC +10%  
–15%, 0.3 A  
(but, 2.4 A/common, 4.8 A/Unit)  
Max. Switching  
Capacity  
/
/
–15%  
Leakage Current 0.1 mA max.  
Residual Voltage 1.5 V max.  
0.1 mA max.  
1.5 V max.  
ON Delay  
0.2 ms max.  
0.3 ms max.  
64 (dynamic)  
0.2 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
No. of Outputs  
0.3 ms max.  
32 (16 outputs/common, 2 circuits)  
230 mA, 5 VDC max.  
Internal Current  
Consumption  
300 mA, 5 VDC max.  
Fuses  
Not provided.  
1 per circuit, 2 total  
(Cannot be changed by user.)  
Power for  
External Supply  
50 mA, 24 VDC 10% min.  
450 grams max.  
50 mA, 12 to 24 VDC 10% min.  
Weight  
530 grams max.  
Circuit  
Configuration  
DATA  
to  
0
OUT 00  
to  
DATA 7  
OUT 07  
COM I (+DC)  
OUT 08  
to  
COM (0 V)  
I
Inter-  
nal  
Fuse  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
Circuit  
OUT 15  
COM I (+DC)  
STB 0  
to  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
OUT 00  
to  
OUT 07  
COM II (+DC)  
STB 7  
COM (0 V)  
OUT 08  
to  
II  
OUT 15  
COM II (+DC)  
24 VDC  
Fuse  
0 V I  
0 V II  
DATA: Positive logic output  
STB: Negative logic output  
12 tO 24  
VDC  
Terminal  
Connections  
Terminal Connections  
II  
B
I
A
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
L
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
0
1
2
DATA 0  
DATA 1  
DATA 2  
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
12 tO 24  
VDC  
1
2
2
3
3
3
4
5
6
DATA 3  
DATA 4  
DATA 5  
DATA 6  
DATA 7  
4
A
+
4
+
5
5
6
6
7
7
COMII(DC)  
7
8
COMI(DC)  
8
8
8
9
COM (0 V)  
STB 0  
9
L
8
L
9
9
L
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
Note:  
A8 and A17  
are con  
nected inter  
9
L
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
10  
10  
11  
12  
STB 1  
STB 2  
L
10  
L
11  
L
-
11  
L
12  
STB 3  
-
L
12  
L
13  
L
nally, as are  
B8 and B17;  
they cannot  
be used in  
dependent-  
ly.  
13 STB 4  
14 STB 5  
15 STB 6  
16 STB 7  
17 COM (0 V)  
18 24 V  
13  
L
14  
L
14  
L
15  
L
15  
L
-
COMII(DC)  
COMI(DC)  
0 V II  
0V  
+
Wire ac  
-
19  
NC  
24 VDC  
cording to  
the diagram  
to prevent  
insufficient  
Refer to p 122 for wiring examples.  
current flow  
.
Dimensions  
A-shape  
B-shape  
132  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Wiring Dynamic Outputs (3G2A5-OD211)  
By using the OD211 DC Output Unit, a large number of outputs can be controlled through only 16 bits. Just like the  
ID211 DC Input Unit, different combinations of bits can control different outputs. Using this type of Unit can simplify  
wiring when many outputs must be controlled. Up to 64 outputs can be accessed.  
Because the output data is positive logic, a terminal output goes high when the output bit is ON (1). A strobe output  
is negative logic, so when the output bit is ON (1), the corresponding terminal goes low. Use positive logic output  
devices for the load of this Unit. The strobe output is cyclic and automatically output.  
24  
k
1 W  
0
1
DATA 0  
DATA 1  
DATA 2  
DATA 3  
DATA 4  
DATA 5  
DATA 6  
DATA 7  
CON (0 V)  
STB 0  
2
3
4
5
6
7
24 k 1 W  
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
STB 1  
STB 2  
STB 3  
STB 4  
STB 5  
STB 6  
STB 7  
24 VDC  
CON (0 V)  
24 VDC  
NC  
6
5 4 3 7  
1
11  
Display no.  
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
The following table shows the combinations made possible when the display is wired as shown in the previous  
figure. The value of word n depends on where the Unit.  
Point Number  
Data Number  
15  
07  
14  
06  
13  
05  
12  
04  
11  
10  
09  
01  
08  
00  
07  
07  
06  
06  
05  
05  
04 03  
04 03  
02  
02  
01  
01  
00  
00  
03 02  
Word n  
Display no. 4  
Display no. 3  
Display no. 2  
Display no. 1  
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
STB 1  
Display no. 8  
STB 0  
Display no. 6  
Word n + 1  
Display no. 7  
Display no. 5  
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
STB 3  
STB 2  
Note Because the DC Input Unit is operated on an extremely small current, make sure there is adequate distance  
between the DC Input Unit wires and high-tension equipment or power lines. If this cannot be avoided, use  
shielded cables when wiring the DC Input Unit. Be sure to keep the total length of the wires less than 10 m.  
133  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Timing  
The following timing chart illustrates the operation of the Output Unit when wired as shown on the previous page.  
Data  
0
Data 1  
Data 2  
Data 3  
Data 4  
Data 5  
Data 6  
Data 7  
STB 0  
1 ms  
1 ms  
2 ms  
STB 1  
STB 2  
STB 3  
STB 4  
STB 5  
STB 6  
STB 7  
4 ms  
32 ms  
Bits 0 through 7 of word n are output as these pulses.  
134  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Contact Output Units  
Item  
3G2A5-OC221  
3G2A5-OC223  
2 A, 250 VAC (cos = 1),  
0.5 A, 250 VAC (cos = 0.4),  
2 A, 24 VDC (but, 32 A/Unit)  
Max. Switching  
Capacity  
2 A, 250 VAC (cos = 1),  
0.5 A, 250 VAC (cos = 0.4)  
A, 24 VDC (but, 8 A/common,16 A/Unit)  
2
Min. Switching  
Capacity  
10 mA, 5 VDC  
10 mA, 5 VDC  
Power for  
External Supply  
Voltage: 24 VDC 10 %  
Current: 10 mA/point, 160 mA/Unit  
Voltage: 24 VDC 10 %  
Current: 10 mA/point, 160 mA/Unit  
Relay  
G6B-114P-FD-US-M (24 VDC) w/socket  
G6B-114P-FD-US-M (24 VDC) w/socket  
Service Life of  
Relay  
Electrical: 300,000 operations (resistive load) Electrical: 300,000 operations (resistive load)  
100,000 operations (inductive load)  
Mechanical: 50,000,000 operations  
100,000 operations (inductive load)  
Mechanical: 50,000,000 operations  
ON Delay  
15 ms max.  
15 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
No. of Outputs  
Internal Current  
Consumption  
15 ms max.  
16 (8 outputs/common, 2 circuits)  
100 mA, 5 VDC max.  
15 ms max.  
16 (independent commons)  
100 mA, 5 VDC max.  
Weight  
450 grams max.  
450 grams max.  
Circuit  
Configuration  
x
x
OUT 00  
to  
OUT 00  
COM  
to  
OUT 07  
COM  
OUT 07  
COM  
Inter-  
nal  
Cir-  
cuit  
Internal  
Circuit  
Inter-  
nal  
Cir-  
cuit  
Internal  
Circuit  
x
OUT 08  
to  
x
OUT 08  
COM  
to  
OUT 15  
COM  
24 VDC  
0 V  
OUT 15  
COM  
24 VDC  
0 V  
Relays are mounted on sockets and are  
replaceable.  
Relays are mounted on sockets and are  
replaceable.  
0
Terminal  
Connections  
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
B
+
~
A
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
NC  
8
+
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
250 VAC  
24 VDC  
max.  
+
COM  
8
7
8
9
NC  
L
L
L
L
9
250 VAC  
24 VDC  
max.  
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
9
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
+
+
+
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
10  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
11  
+
+
+
12  
L
L
L
L
~
13  
+
+
250 VAC  
24 VDC  
max.  
+
14  
~
NC  
+
NC  
15  
+
COM  
24 VDC  
+
24 VDC  
Dimensions  
A-shape  
B-shape  
135  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Contact Output Units Continued  
Item  
3G2A5-OC224  
2 A, 250 VAC (cos = 1),  
Max. Switching Capacity  
0.5 A, 250 VAC (cos = 0.4)  
2 A, 24 VDC  
(8 A/common, 32 A/Unit)  
Min. Switching Capacity  
Power for External Supply  
10 mA, 5 VDC  
Voltage: 24 VDC 10 %  
Current: 10 mA/point, 320 mA/Unit  
Relay  
G6B-114P-FD-US-M (24 VDC) w/socket  
Service Life of Relay  
Electrical: 300,000 operations (resistive load) 100,000  
operations (inductive load)  
Mechanical: 50,000,000 operations  
ON Delay  
15 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
15 ms max.  
No. of Outputs  
Internal Current Consumption  
Weight  
32 (8 outputs/common, 4 circuits)  
200 mA, 5 VDC max.  
600 grams max.  
Circuit Configuration  
x
OUT 00  
to  
I
OUT 07  
COM  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
OUT 08  
OUT 15  
COM  
Inter-  
nal  
x
OUT 00  
Circuit  
to  
II  
OUT 07  
COM  
OUT 08  
OUT 15  
COM  
24 VDC  
0 V  
Terminal Connections  
II  
A
B
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
I
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
L
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
250 VAC  
24 VDC  
max.  
250 VAC  
24 VDC  
max.  
2
+
3
+
4
~
~
5
+
+
6
7
COM  
COM  
8
8
9
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
9
9
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
10  
250 VAC  
24 VDC  
max.  
250 VAC  
24 VDC  
max.  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
COM  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
+
+
~
+
~
+
COM  
+
24 VDC  
Dimensions  
C-shape  
136  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
TTL Output Unit  
Item  
Max. Switching Capacity  
Leakage Current  
Residual Voltage  
ON Delay  
C500-OD501CN  
5 VDC 10% 35 mA/point  
0.1 mA max.  
0.4 V max.  
0.2 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
0.3 ms max.  
No. of Outputs  
32 (8 outputs/common, 4 circuits)  
250 mA, 5 VDC max.  
Not provided  
Internal Current Consumption  
Fuse Capacity  
Power for External Supply  
Weight  
32 mA, 5 VDC 10% min.  
450 grams max.  
Circuit Configuration  
5 VDC  
10 k  
12 k  
OUT 00  
to  
10  
k
OUT 07  
I
COM  
5 VDC  
OUT 08  
to  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
OUT 15  
COM  
5 VDC  
10 k  
OUT 00  
to  
10  
k
OUT 07  
IV  
COM  
12 k  
5 VDC  
OUT 08  
to  
OUT 15  
COM  
A
B
Terminal Connections  
5 VDC  
5 VDC  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
+
+
COM  
COM  
5 VDC  
5 VDC  
10 10  
11 11  
12 12  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
Because the output data is negative logic, the termi  
-
nal output goes low when the output bit is ON (1).  
TTL  
10 k  
+
10  
k
12 k  
Dimensions  
E-shape  
137  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
DC Input/Transistor Output Unit  
C500-MD211CN  
Output (CNI, word n)  
Input (CNII, word n+1)  
Max. Switching  
Capacity  
12 to 24 VDC +10%  
(but, 2.4 A/common, 4.8 A/Unit)  
/
–15%, 0.3 A  
Input Voltage  
12 to 24 VDC +10%  
/
–15%  
Leakage Current 0.1 mA max.  
Residual Voltage 1.5 V max.  
Input Impedance  
Input Current  
ON Voltage  
2.2  
10 mA typical (at 24 VDC)  
10.2 VDC min.  
Fuses  
1 per circuit, 2 total  
(Cannot be changed by user.)  
Power for  
80 mA, 12 to 24 VDC 10% max.  
OFF Voltage  
3.0 VDC max.  
External Supply  
ON Delay  
0.2 ms max.  
ON Delay  
1.5 ms max.  
1.5 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
0.3 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
No. of Inputs  
No. of Outputs  
16 (8 outputs/common, 2 circuits)  
16 (8 inputs/common, 2  
circuits)  
Internal Current  
Consumption  
260 mA, 5 VDC max.  
520 grams max.  
Weight  
Circuit  
Configuration  
CNI  
CNII  
2.2 k  
IN 00  
OUT 00  
to  
to  
0.047  
470  
IN 07  
COM  
F
OUT 07  
COM (0 V)  
12 to 24  
VDC  
Internal  
Fuse  
Internal  
Circuit  
Circuit  
Inter-  
nal  
Circuit  
2.2 k  
IN 08  
to  
OUT 00  
to  
0.047  
F
470  
OUT 07  
IN 15  
COM  
COM (0 V)  
Fuse  
12 to 24  
VDC  
A
B
12 to  
24 VDC  
A
B
12 to  
24 VDC  
Terminal  
Connections  
12 to 24  
VDC  
12 to 24  
VDC  
CNI  
CNII  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
9
10  
11  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
+
+
+
+
12  
13  
14  
15  
COM3  
+
+
COM2  
COM0 (0 v)  
COM1 (0 V)  
V 1 (12 to 24 VDC)  
V 0 (12 to 24 VDC)  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
10 10  
11 11  
12 12  
10 10  
11 11  
12 12  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
To common load  
(Terminal)  
Note  
The maximum switching capacity for sol  
derless connectors is 1 A/common.  
-
+ V0  
COM0  
1
2
3
4
12 tO 48 VDC  
+ V1  
COM1  
Note Select one of the connectors A9, A10, B9,  
B10, or terminal blocks 1 through 4, and  
wire them as power and common lines.  
Dimensions  
E-shape  
138  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Dummy I/O Unit  
Item  
3G2A5-DUM01  
Unit designation: input/output  
Selection Function  
Point designation: 16/32/64 points  
Internal Current Consumption  
Power for External Supply  
Weight  
35 mA, 5 VDC max.  
30 mA, 24 VDC 10% min.  
450 grams max.  
Short-circuit:  
Open:  
input  
output  
Terminal Connections  
0
1
2
3
4
5
Point  
designation  
T
erminal con  
-
6
nection  
7
8
16 points  
32 points  
Open 3,4, and 5  
9
Short 3 and 4.  
Open 5.  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
64 points  
Short 4 and 5.  
Open 3.  
+
24 VDC  
Dimensions  
A-shape  
Note Power is supplied to the Dummy I/O Unit from the 24 VDC output terminal of the Power Supply Unit  
mounted on the same Rack as the Dummy I/O Unit. Be sure to supply power to the Dummy I/O Unit before  
supplying power to the CPU. If power is supplied to the Dummy I/O Unit after power is supplied to the CPU,  
the Dummy I/O Unit is assumed to have only 16 I/O points, and may result in an I/O Verification Error or an  
I/O Setting Error.  
139  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Interrupt Input Unit  
Item  
Input Voltage  
3G2A5-ID216  
12 to 24 VDC +10%  
1.5 k  
/
–15% (nonpolar)  
Input Impedance  
Input Current  
13 mA typical (at 24 VDC)  
10.2 VDC min.  
ON Voltage  
OFF Voltage  
3.0 VDC max.  
ON Delay  
1 ms max.  
OFF Delay  
1.5 ms max.  
No. of Inputs  
8 (independent commons)  
5 VDC 200 mA max.  
450 grams max.  
Internal Current Consumption  
Weight  
Circuit Configuration  
IN 0  
1.5 kW  
IN 0  
1.8  
k
to  
Inter-  
nal  
Cir-  
cuit  
IN 7  
1.5 k  
IN 7  
1.8  
k
Terminal Connections  
0
1
12 to 24 VDC  
12 to 24 VDC  
12 to 24 VDC  
12 to 24 VDC  
12 to 24 VDC  
12 to 24 VDC  
12 to 24 VDC  
12 to 24 VDC  
IN 0  
2
IN 1  
IN 2  
IN 3  
IN 4  
IN 5  
IN 6  
IN 7  
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
Dimensions  
A-shape  
140  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
I/O Power Supply Unit  
Item  
Input Voltage  
CV500-IPS01  
100 through 120 VAC/200 through 240 VAC 50/60 Hz  
85 to 132 VAC/170 to 264 VAC  
160 VA max.  
Allowable Input Voltage Range  
Input Current  
Output Capacity  
Dimensions  
2 A, 24 VDC  
34.5 x 250 x 116 mm (WxHxD)  
700 grams max.  
Weight  
Power Indicator  
Lights when power  
is supplied.  
AC Power Source  
Supply a voltage of 100 to 120 VAC  
or 200 to 240 VAC  
24 VDC Output  
Use these terminals to supply power to the  
DC Input Units. These terminals can supply a  
current of up to 2 A. If a current higher than 2  
A is required, add a number of I/O Power  
Supply Units or use a separate power supply  
.
Since the PC assumes a current exceeding 2  
A from these terminals is a battery error, it ter  
minates the output these terminals.  
-
Power  
Supply  
System  
Control  
Circuit  
Power ON Output  
These terminals are internally short-circuited  
while power is ON (24 VDC output). The maxi  
mum switching capacity of the terminals are as  
follows: 2 A, 250 VAC (cos = 1) 0.5 A, 250  
VAC (cos = 1) 2 A, 24 VDC  
-
Power  
Detection  
Circuit  
141  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Battery Lifetimes  
CPU Battery  
The minimum lifetimes of the battery are given below.  
Model  
Battery life  
Memory backup time without power supplied  
Guaranteed value  
Effective value  
CV500/CVM1-CPU01-EV2  
5 years  
9,000 hours (approx. 1 year)  
43,000 hours (approx. 5  
years)  
CV1000/2000, CVM1-CPU21-EV2  
without Expansion DM,  
CVM1-CPU11-EV2  
5,600 hours (approx. 0.6 year)  
2,900 hours (approx. 0.3 year)  
CV1000/2000, CVM1-CPU21-EV2  
with Expansion DM  
Guaranteed value: Memory backup time without power supplied at 55°C.  
Effective value:  
Memory backup time without power supplied at 25°C.  
Time  
(years)  
Approx. 4.4 years  
CV500  
CV1000 with  
Expansion DM  
CV1000 without  
Expansion DM  
Approx. 1 year  
Approx. 2.3 year  
Approx. 0.6 year  
Approx. 0.3 year  
Temperature (°C)  
Memory Card Battery  
The life of the battery of the Memory Card varies with the Unit, as shown in the following table.  
Model  
HMC-ES641  
HMC-ES151  
HMC-ES251  
HMC-ES551  
Capacity  
64 KB  
Life  
5 years  
128 KB  
256 KB  
512 KB  
3 years  
1 year  
0.5 years  
142  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Dimensions  
All dimensions are in millimeters unless stated otherwise.  
CPU Racks  
Hole for M5  
250 150  
L
100  
123  
W
Model  
Slots  
W
L
CV500-BC101  
CVM1-BC103  
10  
5
480  
306  
236  
465  
CV500-BC051  
CVM1-BC053  
291  
221  
CV500-BC031  
3
Expansion CPU and Expansion I/O Racks  
Hole for M5  
250 150  
L
100  
123  
W
Model  
Slots  
W
L
CV500-BI111/112  
CVM1-BI114  
11  
6
480  
306  
236  
465  
291  
221  
CV500-BI062  
CVM1-BI064  
CV500-BI042  
4
143  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Backplanes  
250  
W
39.6  
Model  
W
CV500-BC101/BI111/BI12  
CVM1-BC103/BI114  
480  
306  
236  
CV500-BC051/BI062  
CVM1-BC053/BI064  
CV500-BC031/BI042  
CPUs  
CV500-CPU01-EV1  
CV1000-CPU01-EV1  
CV2000-CPU01-EV1 CVM1-CPU01-EV2  
CVM1-CPU11-EV2 CVM1-CPU21-EV2  
250  
47  
93  
103.5  
Power Supply Units  
CV500-PS221/PS211  
CVM1-PA208  
250  
47  
93  
116  
144  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
I/O Control Units  
CV500-IC101/IC201/IC301  
250  
71  
93  
34.5  
I/O Interface Units  
CV500-II101/II201  
250  
71  
93  
34.5  
Termination Resistance Unit  
CV500-TER01  
37  
12  
68  
Expansion Data Memory Units  
CV500-DM641/DM151/DM251  
62  
80  
145  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
A-shape I/O Units  
B-shape I/O Units  
146  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
C-shape I/O Units  
D-shape I/O Units  
147  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
E-shape I/O Units  
250  
93  
34.5  
139  
Weights  
Model  
CV500-CPU01-EV1/CVM1-CPU01-EV2  
Weight (gram)  
650  
700  
CV1000-CPU01-EV1/CV2000-CPU01-EV1  
/CVM1-CPU11-EV2/CVM1-CPU21-EV2  
CV500-PS221/211, PA208  
CV500-IC101/201  
CV500-IC301  
900  
380  
270  
CV500-II101/201  
400  
CV500-BC101/BI111/BI112,  
CVM1-BC103/BI114  
1,900  
CV500-BC051/BI062, CVM1-BC053/BI064  
CV500-BC031/BI042  
1,300  
1,100  
40  
CV500-DM641/151/251  
148  
Specifications  
Appendix B  
Connecting Cables  
Use an I/O Cable to connect the CPU Rack to an Expansion I/O Rack or to connect an Expansion I/O Rack to  
another Expansion I/O Rack. If connecting an Expansion CPU Rack to the CPU Rack, use two cables, an I/O  
Cable and a CPU Bus Cable, to connect the CPU Rack to the Expansion CPU Rack.  
Secure the connectors with the locks provided on the connectors to secure the connection between the cable con  
nector and the connectors. If the connectors are not properly connected, errors such as I/O Bus Errors or I/O Set  
ting Errors will occur.  
-
-
Cable name  
Model  
Cable length (L) Weight  
10 g  
Connector dimensions (W x H x D)  
CPU Bus Cable (for  
Expansion CPU Rack)  
CV500-CN311 0.3 m  
CV500-CN611 0.6 m  
CV500-CN312 0.3 m  
CV500-CN612 0.6 m  
CV500-CN122 1 m  
CV500-CN222 2 m  
CV500-CN132 10 m  
CV500-CN332 30 m  
CV500-CN532 50 m  
CV500-CN413 0.4 m  
1
60 x 42 x 12 mm  
150 g  
140 g  
180 g  
240 g  
380 g  
1.6 kg  
4.4 kg  
7.2 kg  
100 g  
I/O Cable (for connecting  
Expansion I/O Rack via I/O  
Interface Unit)  
68 x 45 x 12 mm  
I/O Cable (for connecting  
single Expansion I/O Rack via  
Backplanes)  
49 x 42 x 12 mm  
CV500-CN613 0.6 m  
120 g  
Note Do not put the Connecting Cables in the same duct with power lines or I/O wiring.  
Cable Dimensions  
The figures below show the dimensions of the cables.  
L
H
W
D
149  
Glossary  
address  
A number used to identify the location of data or programming instructions in  
memory or to identify the location of a network or a unit in a network.  
advanced instruction  
An instruction input with a function code that handles data processing opera-  
tions within ladder diagrams, as opposed to a basic instruction, which makes up  
the fundamental portion of a ladder diagram.  
AGF  
All-glass optical fiber cable; also known as crystal optical fiber cable.  
allocation  
The process by which the PC assigns certain bits or words in memory for various  
functions. This includes pairing I/O bits to I/O points on Units.  
analog  
Something that represents or can process a continuous range of values as op-  
posed to values that can be represented in distinct increments. Something that  
represents or can process values represented in distinct increments is called  
digital.  
Analog I/O Unit  
AND  
I/O Units that convert I/O between analog and digital values. An Analog Input  
Unit converts an analog input to a digital value for processing by the PC. An Ana  
-
log Output Unit converts a digital value to an analog output.  
A
logic operation whereby the result is true if and only if both premises are true.  
In ladder-diagram programming the premises are usually ON/OFF states of bits  
or the logical combination of such states called execution conditions.  
APF  
An acronym for all-plastic optical fiber cable.  
See data area and memory area.  
area  
area prefix  
A one or two letter prefix used to identify a memory area in the PC. All memory  
areas except the CIO area require prefixes to identify addresses in them.  
ASCII  
Short for American Standard Code for Information Interchange. ASCII is used to  
code characters for output to printers and other external devices.  
asynchronous execution  
Execution of programs and servicing operations in which program execution  
and servicing are not synchronized with each other.  
Auxiliary Area  
auxiliary bit  
Backplane  
A PC data area allocated to flags and control bits.  
A bit in the Auxiliary Area.  
A
base to which Units are mounted to form a Rack. Backplanes provide a series  
of connectors for these Units along with buses to connect them to the CPU and  
other Units and wiring to connect them to the Power Supply Unit. Backplanes  
also provide connectors used to connect them to other Backplanes.  
back-up  
A copy made of existing data to ensure that the data will not be lost even if the  
original data is corrupted or erased.  
BASIC  
A common programming language. BASIC Units are programmed in BASIC.  
basic instruction  
A fundamental instruction used in a ladder diagram. See advanced instruction.  
151  
Glossary  
BASIC Unit  
baud rate  
A CPU Bus Unit used to run programs in BASIC.  
The data transmission speed between two devices in a system measured in bits  
per second.  
BCD  
Short for binary-coded decimal.  
binary  
A
number system where all numbers are expressed in base 2, i.e., numbers are  
written using only 0’s and 1’s. Each group of four binary bits is equivalent to one  
hexadecimal digit. Binary data in memory is thus often expressed in hexadeci  
-
mal for convenience.  
binary-coded decimal  
bit  
A
system used to represent numbers so that every four binary bits is numerically  
equivalent to one decimal digit.  
The smallest piece of information that can be represented on a computer. A bit  
has the value of either zero or one, corresponding to the electrical signals ON  
and OFF. A bit represents one binary digit. Some bits at particular addresses are  
allocated to special purposes, such as holding the status of input from external  
devices, while other bits are available for general use in programming.  
bit address  
branch line  
The location in memory where a bit of data is stored. A bit address specifies the  
data area and word that is being addressed as well as the number of the bit with  
-
in the word.  
A
communications line leading from a Link Adapter to any Link Unit not desig  
-
nated as a terminator in a Link System. See main line.  
buffer  
A temporary storage space for data in a computerized device.  
building-block PC  
A PC that is constructed from individual components, or “building blocks.” With  
building-block PCs, there is no one Unit that is independently identifiable as a  
PC. The PC is rather a functional assembly of Units.  
bus  
A communications path used to pass data between any of the Units connected  
to it.  
bus link  
A data link that passed data between two Units across a bus.  
A unit of data equivalent to 8 bits, i.e., half a word.  
byte  
central processing unit  
A
device that is capable of storing programs and data, and executing the instruc  
-
-
tions contained in the programs. In a PC System, the central processing unit ex  
ecutes the program, processes I/O signals, communicates with external de-  
vices, etc.  
channel  
See word.  
character code  
checksum  
A numeric (usually binary) code used to represent an alphanumeric character.  
A sum transmitted with a data pack in communications. The checksum can be  
recalculated from the received data to confirm that the data in the transmission  
has not been corrupted.  
CIO Area  
A memory area used to control I/O and to store and manipulate data. CIO Area  
addresses do not require prefixes.  
communications cable  
Cable used to transfer data between components of a control system and con  
-
forming to the RS-232C or RS-422 standards.  
152  
Glossary  
constant  
An input for an operand in which the actual numeric value is specified. Constants  
can be input for certain operands in place of memory area addresses. Some op  
-
erands must be input as constants.  
control bit  
A bit in a memory area that is set either through the program or via a Program  
-
ming Device to achieve a specific purpose, e.g., a Restart Bit is turned ON and  
OFF to restart a Unit.  
control signal  
A signal sent from the PC to effect the operation of the controlled system.  
Control System  
All of the hardware and software components used to control other devices. A  
Control System includes the PC System, the PC programs, and all I/O devices  
that are used to control or obtain feedback from the controlled system.  
controlled system  
The devices that are being controlled by a PC System.  
Converting Link Adapter  
A
Link Adapter used to convert between different types of optical fiber cable, dif  
-
ferent types of wire cable, or between optical fiber cable and wire cable. Such  
conversion is necessary to connect Units that use different forms of communica  
-
tion.  
CPU  
See central processing unit.  
CPU Backplane  
CPU Bus Unit  
A Backplane used to create a CPU Rack.  
A
special Unit used with CV-series PCs that mounts to the CPU bus. This con  
-
nection to the CPU bus enables special data links, data transfers, and process  
ing.  
-
CPU Rack  
The main Rack in a building-block PC, the CPU Rack contains the CPU, a Power  
Supply, and other Units. The CPU Rack, along with the Expansion CPU Rack,  
provides both an I/O bus and a CPU bus.  
crystal optical fiber cable  
C-series PC  
See AGF.  
Any of the following PCs: C2000H, C1000H, C500, C200H, C40H, C28H, C20H,  
C60K, C60P, C40K, C40P, C28K, C28P, C20K, C20P, C120, or C20.  
CV Support Software  
A programming package run on an IBM PC/AT or compatible to serve as a Pro-  
gramming Device for CV-series PCs.  
CV-series PC  
CVSS  
Any of the following PCs: CV500, CV1000, CV2000, or CVM1  
See CV Support Software.  
cycle  
One unit of processing performed by the CPU, including SFC/ladder program  
execution, peripheral servicing, I/O refreshing, etc. The cycle is called the scan  
with C-series PCs.  
cycle time  
data area  
data link  
The time required to complete one cycle of CPU processing.  
An area in the PC’s memory that is designed to hold a specific type of data.  
An automatic data transmission operation that allows PCs or Units within PC to  
pass data back and forth via common data areas.  
data register  
A storage location in memory used to hold data. In CV-series PCs, data registers  
are used with or without index registers to hold data used in indirect addressing.  
153  
Glossary  
data transfer  
debug  
Moving data from one memory location to another, either within the same device  
or between different devices connected via a communications line or network.  
A process by which a draft program is corrected until it operates as intended.  
Debugging includes both the removal of syntax errors, as well as the fine-tuning  
of timing and coordination of control operations.  
decimal  
A number system where numbers are expressed to the base 10. In a PC all data  
is ultimately stored in binary form, four binary bits are often used to represent  
one decimal digit, via a system called binary-coded decimal.  
decrement  
default  
Decreasing a numeric value, usually by 1.  
A value automatically set by the PC when the user does not specifically set  
another value. Many devices will assume such default conditions upon the appli  
-
cation of power.  
destination  
The location where an instruction places the data on which it is operating, as op  
posed to the location from which data is taken for use in the instruction. The loca  
tion from which data is taken is called the source.  
-
-
digit  
A unit of storage in memory that consists of four bits.  
DIN track  
A
rail designed to fit into grooves on various devices to allow the devices to be  
quickly and easily mounted to it.  
DIP switch  
Dual in-line package switch, an array of pins in a signal package that is mounted  
to a circuit board and is used to set operating parameters.  
distributed control  
A automation concept in which control of each portion of an automated system is  
located near the devices actually being controlled, i.e., control is decentralized  
and ‘distributed’ over the system. Distributed control is a concept basic to PC  
Systems.  
DM Area  
A data area used to hold only word data. Words in the DM area cannot be ac-  
cessed bit by bit.  
DM word  
A word in the DM Area.  
downloading  
The process of transferring a program or data from a higher-level or host com-  
puter to a lower-level or slave computer. If a Programming Device is involved,  
the Programming Device is considered the host computer.  
Dummy I/O Unit  
EEPROM  
An I/O Unit that has no functional capabilities but that can be mounted to a slot on  
a
Rack so that words can be allocated to that slot. Dummy I/O Units can be used  
to avoid changing operand addresses in programs by reserving words for a slot  
for future use or by filling a slot vacated by a Unit to which words have already  
been allocated.  
Electrically erasable programmable read-only memory; a type of ROM in which  
stored data can be erased and reprogrammed. This is accomplished using a  
special control lead connected to the EEPROM chip and can be done without  
having to remove the EEPROM chip from the device in which it is mounted.  
electrical noise  
EM Area  
Random variations of one or more electrical characteristics such as voltage, cur  
rent, and data, which might interfere with the normal operation of a device.  
-
Extended Data Memory Area; an area that can be optionally added to certain  
PCs to enable greater data storage. Functionally, the EM Area operates like the  
154  
Glossary  
DM Area. Area addresses are prefixes with E and only words can be accessed.  
The EM Area is separated into multiple banks.  
EM card  
EPROM  
A card mounted inside certain PCs to added an EM Area.  
Erasable programmable read-only memory; a type of ROM in which stored data  
can be erased, by ultraviolet light or other means, and reprogrammed.  
error code  
A numeric code generated to indicate that an error exists, and something about  
the nature of the error. Some error codes are generated by the system; others  
are defined in the program by the operator.  
event processing  
Processing that is performed in response to an event, e.g., an interrupt signal.  
A Backplane used to create an Expansion CPU Rack.  
Expansion CPU Backplane  
Expansion CPU Rack  
A
Rack connected to the CPU Rack to increase the virtual size of the CPU Rack.  
Units that may be mounted to the CPU Backplane may also be mounted to the  
Expansion CPU Backplane.  
Expansion Data Memory Unit A card mounted inside certain PCs to added an EM Area.  
Expansion I/O Backplane  
Expansion I/O Rack  
A Backplane used to create an Expansion I/O Rack.  
A
Rack used to increase the I/O capacity of a PC. In CV-Series PC, either one  
Expansion I/O Rack can be connected directly to the CPU or Expansion CPU  
Rack or multiple Expansion I/O Racks can be connected by using an I/O Control  
and I/O Interface Units.  
FA  
Factory automation.  
factory computer  
A general-purpose computer, usually quite similar to a business computer, that  
is used in automated factory control.  
fatal error  
An error that stops PC operation and requires correction before operation can  
continue.  
FINS  
flag  
See CV-mode.  
A
dedicated bit in memory that is set by the system to indicate some type of oper-  
ating status. Some flags, such as the carry flag, can also be set by the operator  
or via the program.  
force reset  
The process of forcibly turning OFF a bit via a programming device. Bits are usu  
-
ally turned OFF as a result of program execution.  
force set  
The process of forcibly turning ON a bit via a programming device. Bits are usu  
ally turned ON as a result of program execution.  
-
frame checksum  
The results of exclusive ORing all data within a specified calculation range. The  
frame checksum can be calculated on both the sending and receiving end of a  
data transfer to confirm that data was transmitted correctly.  
GPC  
An acronym for Graphic Programming Console.  
Graphic Programming Console  
A programming device with advanced programming and debugging capabilities  
to facilitate PC operation. A Graphic Programming Console is provided with a  
155  
Glossary  
large display onto which ladder-diagram programs can be written directly in lad  
-
der-diagram symbols for input into the PC without conversion to mnemonic  
form.  
hexadecimal  
A number system where all numbers are expressed to the base 16. In a PC all  
data is ultimately stored in binary form, however, displays and inputs on Pro-  
gramming Devices are often expressed in hexadecimal to simplify operation.  
Each group of four binary bits is numerically equivalent to one hexadecimal digit.  
host interface  
An interface that allows communications with a host computer.  
Host Link System  
A system with one or more host computers connected to one or more PCs via  
Host Link Units or host interfaces so that the host computer can be used to trans  
fer data to and from the PC(s). Host Link Systems enable centralized manage  
ment and control of PC Systems.  
-
-
Host Link Unit  
An interface used to connect a C-series PC to a host computer in a Host Link  
System.  
H-PCF cable  
I/O allocation  
An acronym for hard plastic-clad optical fiber cable.  
The process by which the PC assigns certain bits in memory for various func-  
tions. This includes pairing I/O bits to I/O points on Units.  
I/O Block  
Either an Input Block or an Output Block. I/O Blocks provide mounting positions  
for replaceable relays.  
I/O Control Unit  
I/O delay  
A Unit mounted to the CPU Rack to monitor and control I/O points on Expansion  
CPU Racks or Expansion I/O Racks.  
The delay in time from when a signal is sent to an output to when the status of the  
output is actually in effect or the delay in time from when the status of an input  
changes until the signal indicating the change in the status is received.  
I/O device  
A device connected to the I/O terminals on I/O Units, Special I/O Units, etc. I/O  
devices may be either part of the Control System, if they function to help control  
other devices, or they may be part of the controlled system.  
I/O Interface Unit  
I/O point  
A Unit mounted to an Expansion CPU Rack or Expansion I/O Rack to interface  
the Rack to the CPU Rack.  
The place at which an input signal enters the PC System, or at which an output  
signal leaves the PC System. In physical terms, I/O points correspond to termi  
nals or connector pins on a Unit; in terms of programming, an I/O points corre  
spond to I/O bits in the IR area.  
-
-
I/O refreshing  
The process of updating output status sent to external devices so that it agrees  
with the status of output bits held in memory and of updating input bits in memory  
so that they agree with the status of inputs from external devices.  
I/O response time  
I/O Terminal  
I/O Unit  
The time required for an output signal to be sent from the PC in response to an  
input signal received from an external device.  
A
Remote I/O Unit connected in a Wired Remote I/O System to provide a limited  
number of I/O points at one location. There are several types of I/O Terminals.  
The most basic type of Unit mounted to a Backplane. I/O Units include Input  
Units and Output Units, each of which is available in a range of specifications.  
I/O Units do not include Special I/O Units, Link Units, etc.  
156  
Glossary  
I/O verification error  
I/O word  
A error generated by a disagreement between the Units registered in the I/O  
table and the Units actually mounted to the PC.  
A
word in the CIO area that is allocated to a Unit in the PC System and is used to  
hold I/O status for that Unit.  
IBM PC/AT or compatible  
initialize  
A computer that has similar architecture to, that is logically compatible with, and  
that can run software designed for an IBM PC/AT computer.  
Part of the startup process whereby some memory areas are cleared, system  
setup is checked, and default values are set.  
input  
The signal coming from an external device into the PC. The term input is often  
used abstractly or collectively to refer to incoming signals.  
input bit  
A bit in the CIO area that is allocated to hold the status of an input.  
Input Block  
A Unit used in combination with a Remote Interface to create an I/O Terminal. An  
Input Block provides mounting positions for replaceable relays. Each relay can  
be selected according to specific input requirements.  
input device  
input point  
An external device that sends signals into the PC System.  
The point at which an input enters the PC System. Input points correspond phys  
-
ically to terminals or connector pins.  
input signal  
A
change in the status of a connection entering the PC. Generally an input signal  
is said to exist when, for example, a connection point goes from low to high volt  
-
age or from a nonconductive to a conductive state.  
Input Terminal  
instruction  
An I/O Terminal that provides input points.  
A
direction given in the program that tells the PC of the action to be carried out,  
and the data to be used in carrying out the action. Instructions can be used to  
simply turn a bit ON or OFF, or they can perform much more complex actions,  
such as converting and/or transferring large blocks of data.  
interface  
An interface is the conceptual boundary between systems or devices and usual-  
ly involves changes in the way the communicated data is represented. Interface  
devices such as NSBs perform operations like changing the coding, format, or  
speed of the data.  
interrupt (signal)  
A signal that stops normal program execution and causes a subroutine to be run  
or other processing to take place.  
Interrupt Input Unit  
IOIF  
A Rack-mounting Unit used to input external interrupts into a PC System.  
An acronym for I/O Interface Unit.  
IOM (Area)  
A collective memory area containing all of the memory areas that can be ac-  
cessed by bit, including timer and counter Completion Flags. The IOM Area in  
-
cludes all memory area memory addresses between 0000 and 0FFF.  
JIS  
An acronym for Japanese Industrial Standards.  
jump  
A type of programming where execution moves directly from one point in a pro  
-
gram to another, without sequentially executing any instructions in between.  
157  
Glossary  
Jumps in ladder diagrams are usually conditional on an execution condition;  
jumps in SFC programs are conditional on the step status and transition condi  
-
tion status before the jump.  
least-significant (bit/word)  
LED  
See rightmost (bit/word).  
Acronym for light-emitting diode; a device used as for indicators or displays.  
leftmost (bit/word)  
The highest numbered bits of a group of bits, generally of an entire word, or the  
highest numbered words of a group of words. These bits/words are often called  
most-significant bits/words.  
link  
A hardware or software connection formed between two Units. “Link” can refer  
either to a part of the physical connection between two Units or a software con  
-
nection created to data existing at another location (i.e., data links).  
Link Adapter  
Link System  
A Unit used to connect communications lines, either to branch the lines or to con  
vert between different types of cable. There are two types of Link Adapter:  
Branching Link Adapters and Converting Link Adapters.  
-
A
system used to connect remote I/O or to connect multiple PCs in a network.  
Link Systems include the following: SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Systems, SYS  
-
MAC BUS/2 Remote I/O Systems, SYSMAC LINK Systems, Host Link Systems,  
and SYSMAC NET Link Systems.  
Link Unit  
linkable slot  
load  
Any of the Units used to connect a PC to a Link System. These include Remote  
I/O Units, SYSMAC LINK Units, and SYSMAC NET Link Units.  
A
slot on either a Backplane to which a Link Unit can be mounted. Backplanes  
differ in the slots to which Link Units can be mounted.  
The processes of copying data either from an external device or from a storage  
area to an active portion of the system such as a display buffer. Also, an output  
device connected to the PC is called a load.  
main line  
In a Link System connected through Branching Link Adapters, the communica-  
tions cable that runs from the Unit at each end of the System through the Link  
Adapters.  
MCR Unit  
Magnetic Card Reader Unit.  
megabyte  
A unit of storage equal to one million bytes.  
Any of the areas in the PC used to hold data or programs.  
See leftmost (bit/word).  
memory area  
most-significant (bit/word)  
nesting  
Programming one loop within another loop, programming a call to a subroutine  
within another subroutine, or programming an IF–ELSE programming section  
within another IF–ELSE section.  
Network Service Board  
Network Service Unit  
A
device with an interface to connect devices other than PCs to a SYSMAC NET  
Link System.  
A
Unit that provides two interfaces to connect peripheral devices to a SYSMAC  
NET Link System.  
noise interference  
Disturbances in signals caused by electrical noise.  
158  
Glossary  
nonfatal error  
NOT  
A
hardware or software error that produces a warning but does not stop the PC  
from operating.  
A logic operation which inverts the status of the operand. For example, AND  
NOT indicates an AND operation with the opposite of the actual status of the op  
-
erand bit.  
octal  
OFF  
A
number system where all numbers are expressed in base 8, i.e., numbers are  
written using only numerals 0 through 7.  
The status of an input or output when a signal is said not to be present. The OFF  
state is generally represented by a low voltage or by non-conductivity, but can be  
defined as the opposite of either.  
OFF delay  
The delay between the time when a signal is switched OFF (e.g., by an input  
device or PC) and the time when the signal reaches a state readable as an OFF  
signal (i.e., as no signal) by a receiving party (e.g., output device or PC).  
offset  
ON  
A positive or negative value added to a base value such as an address to specify  
a desired value.  
The status of an input or output when a signal is said to be present. The ON state  
is generally represented by a high voltage or by conductivity, but can be defined  
as the opposite of either.  
ON delay  
The delay between the time when an ON signal is initiated (e.g., by an input de  
vice or PC) and the time when the signal reaches a state readable as an ON sig  
nal by a receiving party (e.g., output device or PC).  
-
-
on-line removal  
operand  
Removing  
eration.  
a
Rack-mounted Unit for replacement or maintenance during PC op  
-
The values designated as the data to be used for an instruction. An operand can  
be input as a constant expressing the actual numeric value to be used or as an  
address to express the location in memory of the data to be used.  
operating error  
An error that occurs during actual PC operation as opposed to an initialization  
error, which occurs before actual operations can begin.  
optical connector  
optical fiber cable  
OR  
A connector designed to be connected to an optical fiber cable.  
Cable made from light conducting filaments used to transmit signals.  
A
logic operation whereby the result is true if either of two premises is true, or if  
both are true. In ladder-diagram programming the premises are usually ON/OFF  
states of bits or the logical combination of such states called execution condi-  
tions.  
output  
The signal sent from the PC to an external device. The term output is often used  
abstractly or collectively to refer to outgoing signals.  
Output Block  
A Unit used in combination with a Remote Interface to create an I/O Terminal. An  
Output Block provides mounting positions for replaceable relays. Each relay can  
be selected according to specific output requirements.  
output device  
output point  
An external device that receives signals from the PC System.  
The point at which an output leaves the PC System. Output points correspond  
physically to terminals or connector pins.  
159  
Glossary  
output signal  
A
signal being sent to an external device. Generally an output signal is said to  
exist when, for example, a connection point goes from low to high voltage or from  
a nonconductive to a conductive state.  
Output Terminal  
overflow  
An I/O Terminal that provides output points.  
The state where the capacity of a data storage location has been exceeded.  
Changing the content of a memory location so that the previous content is lost.  
overwrite  
parity  
Adjustment of the number of ON bits in a word or other unit of data so that the  
total is always an even number or always an odd number. Parity is generally  
used to check the accuracy of data after being transmitted by confirming that the  
number of ON bits is still even or still odd.  
parity check  
PC  
Checking parity to ensure that transmitted data has not been corrupted.  
An acronym for Programmable Controller.  
PC configuration  
The arrangement and interconnections of the Units that are put together to form  
a functional PC.  
PC System  
With building-block PCs, all of the Racks and independent Units connected di-  
rectly to them up to, but not including the I/O devices. The boundaries of a PC  
System are the PC and the program in its CPU at the upper end; and the I/O  
Units, Special I/O Units, Optical I/O Units, Remote  
end.  
Terminals, etc., at the lower  
PCB  
An acronym for printed circuit board.  
PCF  
An acronym for plastic-clad optical fiber cable.  
PC Setup  
A group of operating parameters set in the PC from a Programming Device to  
control PC operation.  
Peripheral Device  
Devices connected to a PC System to aid in system operation. Peripheral de-  
vices include printers, programming devices, external storage media, etc.  
peripheral servicing  
Processing signals to and from peripheral devices, including refreshing, com-  
munications processing, interrupts, etc.  
PID Unit  
port  
A Unit designed for PID control.  
A
connector on a PC or computer that serves as a connection to an external de  
-
vice.  
Power Supply Unit  
present value  
A Unit that mounts to a Backplane in a Rack PC. It provides power at the voltage  
required by the other Units on the Rack.  
The current value registered in a device at any instant during its operation. Pres  
ent value is abbreviated as PV. The use of this term is generally restricted to tim  
ers and counters.  
-
-
printed circuit board  
Printer Interface Unit  
A
board onto which electrical circuits are printed for mounting into a computer or  
electrical device.  
A
Unit used to interface a printer so that ladder diagrams and other data can be  
printed out.  
160  
Glossary  
Programmable Controller  
A
computerized device that can accept inputs from external devices and gener-  
ate outputs to external devices according to a program held in memory. Pro-  
grammable Controllers are used to automate control of external devices. Al-  
though single-unit Programmable Controllers are available, building-block Pro  
grammable Controllers are constructed from separate components. Such Pro  
grammable Controllers are formed only when enough of these separate compo  
nents are assembled to form a functional assembly, i.e., there is no one individu  
al Unit called a PC.  
-
-
-
-
Programming Console  
Programming Device  
The simplest form or programming device available for a PC. Programming  
Consoles are available both as hand-held models and as CPU-mounting mod  
-
els.  
A Peripheral Device used to input a program into a PC or to alter or monitor a  
program already held in the PC. There are dedicated programming devices,  
such as Programming Consoles, and there are non-dedicated devices, such as  
a host computer.  
PROM  
Programmable read-only memory; a type of ROM into which the program or  
data may be written after manufacture, by a customer, but which is fixed from  
that time on.  
PROM Writer  
prompt  
A
peripheral device used to write programs and other data into a ROM for per  
-
manent storage and application.  
A
message or symbol that appears on a display to request input from the opera  
-
tor.  
protocol  
The parameters and procedures that are standardized to enable two devices to  
communicate or to enable a programmer or operator to communicate with a de  
-
vice.  
PV  
See present value.  
Rack  
An assembly that forms a functional unit in a Rack PC System. A Rack consists  
of a Backplane and the Units mounted to it. These Units include the Power Sup  
-
ply, CPU, and I/O Units. Racks include CPU Racks, Expansion I/O Racks, and  
I/O Racks. The CPU Rack is the Rack with the CPU mounted to it. An Expansion  
I/O Rack is an additional Rack that holds extra I/O Units. An I/O Rack is used in  
the C2000H Duplex System, because there is no room for any I/O Units on the  
CPU Rack in this System.  
rack number  
Rack PC  
A
number assigned to a Rack according to the order that it is connected to the  
CPU Rack, with the CPU Rack generally being rack number 0.  
A
PC that is composed of Units mounted to one or more Racks. This configura  
-
tion is the most flexible, and most large PCs are Rack PCs. A Rack PC is the  
opposite of a Package-type PC, which has all of the basic I/O, storage, and con  
-
trol functions built into a single package.  
RAM  
Random access memory; a data storage media. RAM will not retain data when  
power is disconnected.  
RAS  
An acronym for reliability, assurance, safety.  
refresh  
The process of updating output status sent to external devices so that it agrees  
with the status of output bits held in memory and of updating input bits in memory  
so that they agree with the status of inputs from external devices.  
161  
Glossary  
relay-based control  
The forerunner of PCs. In relay-based control, groups of relays are intercon-  
nected to form control circuits. In a PC, these are replaced by programmable cir  
-
cuits.  
reserved bit  
A bit that is not available for user application.  
reserved word  
A
word in memory that is reserved for a special purpose and cannot be accessed  
by the user.  
reset  
The process of turning a bit or signal OFF or of changing the present value of a  
timer or counter to its set value or to zero.  
Restart Bit  
A bit used to restart a Unit mounted to a PC.  
restart continuation  
A process which allows memory and program execution status to be maintained  
so that PC operation can be restarted from the state it was in when operation  
was stopped by a power interruption.  
retrieve  
The processes of copying data either from an external device or from a storage  
area to an active portion of the system such as a display buffer. Also, an output  
device connected to the PC is called a load.  
retry  
The process whereby a device will re-transmit data which has resulted in an er  
-
ror message from the receiving device.  
rightmost (bit/word)  
The lowest numbered bits of a group of bits, generally of an entire word, or the  
lowest numbered words of a group of words. These bits/words are often called  
least-significant bits/words.  
rising edge  
ROM  
The point where a signal actually changes from an OFF to an ON status.  
Read only memory; a type of digital storage that cannot be written to. A ROM  
chip is manufactured with its program or data already stored in it and can never  
be changed. However, the program or data can be read as many times as de  
-
sired.  
RS-232C interface  
RS-422 interface  
scan  
An industry standard for serial communications.  
An industry standard for serial communications.  
The process used to execute a ladder-diagram program. The program is ex-  
amined sequentially from start to finish and each instruction is executed in turn  
based on execution conditions. The scan also includes peripheral processing,  
I/O refreshing, etc. The scan is called the cycle with CV-series PCs.  
scan time  
The time required for a single scan of a ladder-diagram program.  
self diagnosis  
A
process whereby the system checks its own operation and generates a warn  
-
-
ing or error if an abnormality is discovered.  
series  
A wiring method in which Units are wired consecutively in a string. In Link Sys  
tems wired through Link Adapters, the Units are still functionally wired in series,  
even though Units are placed on branch lines.  
servicing  
The process whereby the PC provides data to or receives data from external de  
vices or remote I/O Units, or otherwise handles data transactions for Link Sys  
tems.  
-
-
162  
Glossary  
set  
The process of turning a bit or signal ON.  
set value  
The value from which a decrementing counter starts counting down or to which  
an incrementing counter counts up (i.e., the maximum count), or the time from  
which or for which a timer starts timing. Set value is abbreviated SV.  
slot  
A position on a Rack (Backplane) to which a Unit can be mounted.  
An error that originates in a software program.  
software error  
software protect  
A
means of protecting data from being changed that uses software as opposed  
to a physical switch or other hardware setting.  
software switch  
Special I/O Unit  
See memory switch.  
A
Unit that is designed for a specific purpose. Special I/O Units include Position  
Control Units, High-speed Counter Units, Analog I/O Units, etc.  
SRAM  
Static random access memory; a data storage media.  
subroutine  
A group of instructions placed separate from the main program and executed  
only when called from the main program or activated by an interrupt.  
SV  
Abbreviation for set value.  
switching capacity  
synchronous execution  
The maximum voltage/current that a relay can safely switch on and off.  
Execution of programs and servicing operations in which program execution  
and servicing are synchronized so that all servicing operations are executed  
each time the programs are executed.  
syntax  
The form of a program statement (as opposed to its meaning). For example, the  
two statements, LET A=B+Band LET A=B*2use different syntaxes, but have  
the same meaning.  
syntax error  
An error in the way in which a program is written. Syntax errors can include  
‘spelling’ mistakes (i.e., a function code that does not exist), mistakes in specify  
-
ing operands within acceptable parameters (e.g., specifying read-only bits as a  
destination), and mistakes in actual application of instructions (e.g., a call to a  
subroutine that does not exist).  
system configuration  
The arrangement in which Units in a System are connected. This term refers to  
the conceptual arrangement and wiring together of all the devices needed to  
comprise the System. In OMRON terminology, system configuration is used to  
describe the arrangement and connection of the Units comprising a Control Sys  
-
tem that includes one or more PCs.  
system error  
An error generated by the system, as opposed to one resulting from execution of  
an instruction designed to generate an error.  
system error message  
terminator  
An error message generated by the system, as opposed to one resulting from  
execution of an instruction designed to generate a message.  
The code comprising an asterisk and a carriage return (* CR) which indicates the  
end of a block of data in communications between devices. Frames within a mul  
ti-frame block are separated by delimiters. Also a Unit in a Link System desig  
nated as the last Unit on the communications line.  
-
-
163  
Glossary  
timer  
A
location in memory accessed through a TC bit and used to time down from the  
timer’s set value. Timers are turned ON and reset according to their execution  
conditions.  
TR Area  
A data area used to store execution conditions so that they can be reloaded later  
for use with other instructions.  
TR bit  
A bit in the TR Area.  
transfer  
The process of moving data from one location to another within the PC, or be-  
tween the PC and external devices. When data is transferred, generally a copy  
of the data is sent to the destination, i.e., the content of the source of the transfer  
is not changed.  
transmission distance  
UM area  
The distance that a signal can be transmitted.  
The memory area used to hold the active program, i.e., the program that is being  
currently executed.  
Unit  
In OMRON PC terminology, the word Unit is capitalized to indicate any product  
sold for a PC System. Though most of the names of these products end with the  
word Unit, not all do, e.g., a Remote Terminal is referred to in a collective sense  
as a Unit. Context generally makes any limitations of this word clear.  
unit address  
A number used to control network communications. Unit addresses are com-  
puted for Units in various ways, e.g., 10 hex is added to the unit number to deter  
-
mine the unit address for a CPU Bus Unit.  
unit number  
uploading  
A
number assigned to some Link Units, Special I/O Units, and CPU Bus Units to  
facilitate identification when assigning words or other operating parameters.  
The process of transferring a program or data from a lower-level or slave com  
-
puter to a higher-level or host computer. If a Programming Devices is involved,  
the Programming Device is considered the host computer.  
watchdog timer  
A timer within the system that ensures that the scan time stays within specified  
limits. When limits are reached, either warnings are given or PC operation is  
stopped depending on the particular limit that is reached.  
WDT  
See watchdog timer.  
wire communications  
A
communications method in which signals are sent over wire cable. Although  
noise resistance and transmission distance can sometimes be a problem with  
wire communications, they are still the cheapest and the most common, and per  
fectly adequate for many applications.  
-
word  
A unit of data storage in memory that consists of 16 bits. All data areas consists  
of words. Some data areas can be accessed only by words; others, by either  
words or bits.  
word address  
word allocation  
The location in memory where a word of data is stored. A word address must  
specify (sometimes by default) the data area and the number of the word that is  
being addressed.  
The process of assigning I/O words and bits in memory to I/O Units and termi  
-
nals in a PC System to create an I/O Table.  
work area  
A part of memory containing work words/bits.  
164  
Glossary  
work bit  
A bit in a work word.  
work word  
A
word that can be used for data calculation or other manipulation in program  
-
-
ming, i.e., a ‘work space’ in memory. A large portion of the IR area is always re  
served for work words. Parts of other areas not required for special purposes  
may also be used as work words.  
write protect switch  
write-protect  
A switch used to write-protect the contents of a storage device, e.g., a floppy  
disk. If the hole on the upper left of a floppy disk is open, the information on this  
floppy disk cannot be altered.  
A
state in which the contents of a storage device can be read but cannot be al  
-
tered.  
165  
Index  
A-B  
D
DC Input Units,  
AC Inputs,  
dimensions  
alarm outputs,  
ambient temperature,  
ASCII,  
A-shape I/O Units,  
B-shape I/O Units,  
Backplanes,  
C-shape I/O Units,  
cable,  
assembly,  
Expansion Data Memory Unit,  
Memory Cards,  
CPU Racks,  
CPUs,  
mounting units,  
D-shape I/O Units,  
E-shape I/O Units,  
Expansion CPU Racks,  
Expansion Data Memory Units,  
Expansion I/O Racks,  
I/O Control Units,  
I/O Interface Units,  
Power Supply Units,  
Termination Resistance Unit,  
assembly tool,  
BASIC Unit,  
bleeder resistors,  
C
duct work,  
C500 Expansion I/O Rack, system configuration,  
cables  
E
All Plastic Optical-Fiber: APF,  
Plastic-clad Optical-Fiber: PCF,  
EC Directives, , ,  
electrostatic charge,  
emergency stop,  
common, number of points turned ON simultaneously,  
connecting, cables,  
control systems  
See also system  
overview,  
errors  
See also troubleshooting  
correcting,  
input units,  
output units,  
Racks,  
cooling, fan,  
CPU,  
battery,  
messages,  
replacement,  
fatal,  
front panel nomenclature,  
indicators,  
non-fatal,  
startup,  
Slave Racks, RUN output,  
protect keyswitch,  
Memory Cards,  
Power Supply Units,  
Racks,  
execution cycle,  
Expansion CPU Racks, system configuration,  
Expansion Data Memory Unit, ,  
mounting,  
settings, DIP switch,  
CPU Racks,  
connecting to another Backplane,  
Expansion I/O Backplanes, , ,  
Expansion I/O Racks,  
system configuration,  
CPUs  
comparison,  
improved specifications,  
new,  
F-G  
current consumption,  
CV Support Software,  
factory computers,  
GPC, baud rate,  
CVSS,  
baud rate,  
grounding,  
during PC installation,  
problems,  
cycle time,  
167  
Index  
H-I  
N-O  
networks,  
Hard-plastic-clad Quartz Fiber: H-PCF  
cables, ,  
cords, ,  
new CPUs,  
optical connectors,  
Optical Power Tester,  
Optical Power Tester Head Unit,  
output devices,  
Host Link System,  
humidity,  
I/O Control Units,  
display modes,  
Output Units  
fuses,  
product list,  
relays,  
I/O devices,  
I/O Interface Units, , ,  
display,  
peripheral device connector,  
Rack number switch,  
I/O points,  
P
I/O Units, , ,  
general,  
shapes,  
PCs  
block diagram,  
control systems,  
cooling,  
input devices,  
operating principle,  
output devices,  
role,  
A-shape,  
B-shape,  
C-shape,  
D-shape,  
E-shape,  
indicators, CPU,  
peripheral device connector,  
Peripheral Devices,  
input devices,  
Input Units, product list,  
Personal Computer Unit,  
Position Control Unit,  
installation, environment,  
ambient conditions,  
cooling,  
power  
consumption,  
interruptions,  
current consumption,  
input units,  
Link Units,  
output units,  
Special I/O Units,  
cooling fan,  
Rack clearance,  
L-M  
limit switches,  
power cables,  
manuals, CV-series,  
Power Supply Units, , , ,  
Backplane mounting,  
block diagram,  
current consumption,  
emergency stop,  
grounding,  
in a CPU Rack,  
power  
interruptions,  
source,  
Memory Cards, ,  
assembly,  
battery,  
replacement,  
EEPROM,  
EPROM,  
mounting,  
RAM,  
backup battery,  
removing,  
wiring  
power source,  
terminals,  
Memory Unit,  
model numbers, standard models,  
models,  
precautions, general,  
mounting  
Racks,  
process control computer,  
product list,  
conduit,  
Programmable Controllers. See PCs  
duct work,  
preventing noise,  
units,  
Programming Console,  
baud rate,  
168  
Index  
system  
See also control systems  
R-S  
compatibility,  
configuration,  
Racks  
configurations,  
C500 Expansion I/O Rack,  
configuration limits,  
Expansion CPU Rack,  
mounting locations,  
Rack configurations,  
single Expansion I/O Rack,  
with only CV-series Expansion I/O Racks,  
CPU, ,  
Expansion CPU, ,  
Expansion I/O,  
mounting locations,  
single Expansion I/O,  
SYSMAC BUS/2 Slave Racks,  
Remote I/O Systems,  
Remote I/O Units,  
miscellaneous,  
T-W  
RUN output, Slave Racks,  
terminal blocks,  
mounting screws,  
sensors  
control systems,  
photoelectric,  
proximity,  
Termination Resistance Unit,  
troubleshooting  
See also errors  
flowcharts  
servomotor,  
single Expansion I/O Rack, system configuration,  
solenoid,  
alarm check,  
environment check,  
fault check,  
I/O check,  
Special I/O Units, ,  
specifications  
main,  
AC Input Units,  
AC/DC Input Units,  
Contact Output Units,  
CPU,  
CPU battery, lifetimes,  
DC Input Units,  
power check,  
general,  
weights,  
wiring  
AC Power Supply Units,  
power requirements,  
DC Power Supply Units,  
internal fuse,  
power requirements,  
surge current,  
DC Input/Transistor Output Unit,  
Dummy I/O Unit,  
Dynamic DC Input Units,  
I/O Power Supply Unit,  
Interrupt Input Unit,  
Memory Card battery, lifetimes,  
number of points per common turned ON simultaneously,  
Power Supply Units,  
duct work,  
dynamic inputs,  
connection example 1: keyboard,  
connection example 2: digital switches,  
dynamic outputs  
3G2A5-OD21 1,  
timing,  
examples,  
AC Input,  
DC Input Units,  
sensor inputs,  
special considerations for C500-OA225,  
Transistor Output Units,  
Triac Input Units,  
TTL Input Units,  
TTL Output Unit,  
wiring dynamic inputs,  
wiring dynamic outputs,  
SSS,  
static electricity, preventing,  
stepping motor,  
I/O Units,  
precautions,  
terminal blocks,  
switches  
precautions,  
electrical noise,  
control systems,  
limit,  
inductive load surge suppressor, ,  
input leakage current,  
interlock circuits,  
output leakage current,  
output short protection,  
output surge current, ,  
transistor output residual voltage,  
voltage inputs,  
pushbutton,  
SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O System,  
SYSMAC BUS/2 Remote I/O System,  
SYSMAC LINK System,  
SYSMAC LINK Units,  
SYSMAC NET Link System,  
SYSMAC NET Link Units,  
SYSMAC Support Software,  
SYSMAC WAY,  
terminals,  
RUN input,  
START input,  
169  
Revision History  
A manual revision code appears as a suffix to the catalog number on the front cover of the manual.  
Cat. No. W195-E1-5  
Revision code  
The following table outlines the changes made to the manual during each revision. Page numbers refer to the  
previous version.  
Revision code  
Date  
Revised content  
Original production  
1
2
June 1992  
April 1993  
Information was added on CV2000/CVM1 PCs, Person  
al Computer Unit, Graphic Programming Console, and  
Programming Console.  
-
Page 51: Note added concerning Slave Racks and  
last sentence removed from the START Input and  
RUN Output descriptions.  
Page 54: Consumption for 3G2A5-ID218 corrected.  
Page 89 and other: C500-OD414 added.  
Page 90: High-speed Counter Unit (20 kcps) model  
number was corrected.  
Page 96: CV Support Software (CVSS) and Memory  
Card Writer model numbers were corrected.  
Page 97: Power consumption and shock resistance  
specifications were corrected.  
Page 100: Internal current consumption corrected and  
ohm rating in circuit configuration corrected.  
Pages 114 to119: “Max.” corrected to “Min.” for power  
for external supply.  
The following corrections were made.  
Page 5: BASIC Unit catalogue numbers were  
switched and the C-to-CV Program Conversion Utility  
Operation Manual was deleted.  
Page 6: Expansion I/O Backplane model numbers  
were corrected. Remarks for Special I/O Units and  
Peripherals were corrected.  
Page 19: Information for the C500 Special I/O Units  
was corrected. Information on which Special I/O Units  
can be mounted to Slave Racks corrected and  
changed to include SYSMAC BUS Systems.  
Page 20: Last paragraph corrected concerning num-  
ber of Backplane models.  
Page 129: CPU battery model numbers and the graph  
have been corrected.  
Page 135: Model numbers have been added.  
Several new functions have been added to the CPUs of  
CV-series PCs (CVM1, CV500, CV1000, and CV2000).  
The new CPUs have an EV1 suffix.  
Page 5: List of CV-series manuals corrected and  
updated.  
Page 18: Second paragraph was rewritten.  
Page 27: Information added to Remarks in top table.  
Pages 36, 138: E-shape I/O Unit replaced with newer  
version.  
2A  
June 1993  
Page 97: Note reference added to Connector Cover.  
Page 98: Connector Cover note added.  
Pages 103 and 104: Circuit configurations and termi-  
nal connections corrected for 3G2A5-ID219 and  
C500-ID114.  
Page 114: 3G2A5-OA223 circuit configuration cor-  
rected.  
Changes/Additions made to add the V2 CVM1 PCs, new CPU Bus Units (Temperature Controller Data Link Unit and Ether  
net Unit, and the SSS).  
-
3
February 1995  
July 1995  
The following corrections/additions were made.  
Page 34: Descriptions of LR and GR terminals cor-  
3A  
rected.  
Page 51:  
Page 5: Motion Control Unit added to table.  
Pages 12, 102, and 103: Note added to table.  
Page 13: Special I/O Units readable/writeable on  
Slave Racks corrected.  
Page 21: NC222 added to Slave Racks column of  
C500 Special I/O Units row.  
Warnings added  
Pages 51 and 52: Power consumption reworded.  
Page 52: Description of LG terminal changed.  
Page 57: C500-CT021, C500-AD501, and  
C500-DA103 added to table.  
Pages 93 and 94 : Products added to tables.  
Page 27: Default communications settings changed  
and note added.  
Page 130: The value of three resistors corrected to 10  
kW.  
Page 21: Remarks clarified for C500 Special I/O  
Units.  
Page 18: I/O Backplane model numbers corrected.  
Page 34: LG/GR terminal markings changed and note  
added on EC directives.  
Page 50, 52: Ground terminal symbol added.  
Page 51, 52, 53: Cautions and warnings added.  
Pages 56 to 58: Text and model numbers added to  
3-4-7 Current Consumption.  
Page 58: Notes, cautions, and warning added.  
Page 63: Section added on EC directives.  
Page 75: Note added.  
Page 92: Triac model added.  
4
5
December 1996  
October 1999  
Page 101: Enclosure rating removed. Added new  
marks for LG and GR terminals.  
Page 119: C500-OA226 specifications added.  
Page 119, 121, 125: Fuses added.  
Page 103: Note added to control output signal on EC  
directives.  
Pages 123, 130: Transistor symbol changed and  
fuses added.  
Page 141:  
Weights table corrected.  
Added the PRECAUTIONS section in front of Section 1.  
Pages 5, 21, 58: CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) information added.  
Page 22: Expansion I/O Backplane information added to the table in Remote I/O Sys-  
tems.  
Page 25: “CPU Backplane” corrected to “Expansion I/O Backplane” in the table.  
Page 28: Lot number information added to Memory Cards.  
Pages 50, 59:  
Pages 50 to 54, 59: Crimp terminal information added.  
T
orque values converted to N  
S
m.  
Pages 51, 54: Terminal block caution added.  
Page 70: Fuse specifications added to 4-3 Output Unit Fuses  
.
Pages 97 to 99, 103: Standard models lists updated.  
Page 105: Vibration resistance and shock resistance corrected.  
Page 106: ork bits corrected. CompoBus/D data area added.  
W
171  
Authorized Distributor:  
Printed in Japan  
Cat. No. W195-E1-5  
Note: Specifications subject to change without notice.  

相关型号:

SI9130DB

5- and 3.3-V Step-Down Synchronous Converters

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9135LG-T1

SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9135LG-T1-E3

SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9135_11

SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9136_11

Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9130CG-T1-E3

Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCs

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9130LG-T1-E3

Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCs

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9130_11

Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCs

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9137

Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile Applications

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9137DB

Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile Applications

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9137LG

Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile Applications

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9122E

500-kHz Half-Bridge DC/DC Controller with Integrated Secondary Synchronous Rectification Drivers

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY